e10vk
Table of Contents

 
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
Form 10-K
 
     
þ
  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
    For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006
or
o
  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
    For the transition period from          to          
 
Commission File Number: 1-9047
Independent Bank Corp.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
 
     
Massachusetts   04-2870273
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
     
288 Union Street
Rockland, Massachusetts
(Address of principal executive offices)
  02370
(Zip Code)
 
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code:
(781) 878-6100
 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
 
     
Title of Each Class
 
Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
 
Common Stock, $.0l par value per share
Preferred Stock Purchase Rights
  Nasdaq Global Select Market
Nasdaq Global Select Market
 
Securities registered pursuant to section 12(b) of the Act:
 
None
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  Yes o     No þ
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.  Yes o     No þ
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes þ     No o
 
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. þ
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (check one):
Large Accelerated filer o     Accelerated filer þ     Non-accelerated filer o
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).  Yes o     No þ
 
The aggregate market value of the voting common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant, computed by reference to the closing price of such stock on June 30, 2006, was approximately $446,729,890
 
Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the registrant’s classes of common stock, as of the latest practicable date. January 31, 2007: 14,502,235
 
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
 
List hereunder the following documents if incorporated by reference and the Part of the Form 10-K (e.g., Part I, Part II, etc.) into which the document is incorporated: (1) Any annual report to security holders; (2) Any proxy or information statement; and (3) Any prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) or (c) under the Securities Act of 1933. The listed documents should be clearly described for identification purposes (e.g., annual report to security holders for fiscal year ended December 24, 1980).
 
  Portions of the Registrant’s definitive proxy statement for its 2007 Annual Meeting of Stockholders are incorporated into Part III, Items 10-13 of this Form 10-K.
 


Table of Contents

 
INDEPENDENT BANK CORP.
 
2006 ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
                 
        Page
 
  Business   4
    General   4
    Market Area and Competition   4
    Lending Activities   4
    Investment Activities   10
    Sources of Funds   10
    Investment Management, Retail Investments and Insurance   11
    Regulation   12
    Statistical Disclosure by Bank Holding Companies   17
    Securities and Exchange Commission Availability of Filings on Company Website   17
  Risk Factors   18
  Unresolved Staff Comments   19
  Properties   19
  Legal Proceedings   20
  Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders   20
 
  Market for Independent Bank Corp.’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities   21
      Table 1 — Price Range of Common Stock   21
      Table 2 — Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities   23
Item 6.
  Selected Financial Data   24
Item 7.
  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations   25
      Table 3 — Loan Portfolio Composition   32
      Table 4 — Scheduled Contractual Loan Amortization   33
      Table 5 — Summary of Delinquency Information   34
      Table 6 — Nonperforming Assets   36
      Table 7 — Summary of Changes in the Allowance for Loan Losses   38
      Table 8 — Summary of Allocation of Allowance for Loan Losses   40
      Table 9 — Amortized Cost of Securities Held to Maturity   42
      Table 10 — Fair Value of Securities Available for Sale   42
      Table 11 — Amortized Cost of Securities Held to Maturity — Amounts Maturing   42
      Table 12 — Fair Value of Securities Available for Sale — Amounts Maturing   43
      Table 13 — Average Balances of Deposits   43
      Table 14 — Maturities of Time Certificates of Deposits Over $100,000   44
      Table 15 — Average Balance, Interest Earned/Paid & Average Yields   47
      Table 16 — Volume Rate Analysis   48
      Table 17 — Non-Interest Income   50
      Table 18 — Non-Interest Expense   51
      Table 19 — New Markets Tax Credit Recognition Schedule   52


1


Table of Contents

                 
        Page
 
      Table 20 — Interest Rate Derivatives   55
      56
      Table 22 — Interest Rate Sensitivity   57
      Table 23 — Expected Maturities of Long Term Debt and Interest Rate Derivatives   58
      Table 24 — Capital Ratios for the Company and the Bank   59
      60
  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk   63
  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data   64
  Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure   111
  Controls and Procedures   111
  Other Information   113
 
  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance   113
  Executive Compensation   113
  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters   113
  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence   113
  Principal Accounting Fees and Services   113
 
  Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules   114
  118
Exhibit 31.1 — Certification 302
  120
Exhibit 31.2 — Certification 302
  121
Exhibit 32.1 — Certification 906
  122
Exhibit 32.2 — Certification 906
  123


2


Table of Contents

 
CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
 
A number of the presentations and disclosures in this Form 10-K, including, without limitation, statements regarding the level of allowance for loan losses, the rate of delinquencies and amounts of charge-offs, and the rates of loan growth, and any statements preceded by, followed by, or which include the words “may,” “could,” “should,” “will,” “would,” “hope,” “might,” “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “intend,” “plan,” “assume” or similar expressions constitute forward-looking statements within the meaning of the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995.
 
These forward-looking statements, implicitly and explicitly, include the assumptions underlying the statements and other information with respect to the Company’s beliefs, plans, objectives, goals, expectations, anticipations, estimates, intentions, financial condition, results of operations, future performance and business, including the Company’s expectations and estimates with respect to the Company’s revenues, expenses, earnings, return on equity, return on assets, efficiency ratio, asset quality and other financial data and capital and performance ratios.
 
Although the Company believes that the expectations reflected in the Company’s forward-looking statements are reasonable, these statements involve risks and uncertainties that are subject to change based on various important factors (some of which are beyond the Company’s control). The following factors, among others, could cause the Company’s financial performance to differ materially from the Company’s goals, plans, objectives, intentions, expectations and other forward-looking statements:
 
  •  A weakening in the strength of the United States economy in general and the strength of the regional and local economies within the New England region and Massachusetts which could result in a deterioration on credit quality, a change in the allowance for loan losses or a reduced demand for the Company’s credit or fee-based products and services;
 
  •  adverse changes in the local real estate market, as most of the Company’s loans are concentrated in southeastern Massachusetts and Cape Cod and a substantial portion of these loans have real estate as collateral, could result in a deterioration of credit quality and an increase in the allowance for loan loss;
 
  •  the effects of, and changes in, trade, monetary and fiscal policies and laws, including interest rate policies of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System could affect the Company’s business environment or affect the Company’s operations;
 
  •  the effects of, any changes in, and any failure by the Company to comply with tax laws generally and requirements of the federal New Markets Tax Credit program in particular could adversely affect the Company’s tax provision and its financial results;
 
  •  inflation, interest rate, market and monetary fluctuations could reduce net interest income and could increase credit losses;
 
  •  adverse changes in asset quality could result in increasing credit risk-related losses and expenses;
 
  •  competitive pressures could intensify and affect the Company’s profitability, including as a result of continued industry consolidation, the increased financial services provided by non-banks and banking reform;
 
  •  a deterioration in the conditions of the securities markets could adversely affect the value or credit quality of the Company’s assets, the availability and terms of funding necessary to meet the Company’s liquidity needs and the Company’s ability to originate loans;
 
  •  the potential to adapt to changes in information technology could adversely impact the Company’s operations and require increased capital spending;
 
  •  changes in consumer spending and savings habits could negatively impact the Company’s financial results; and
 
  •  future acquisitions may not produce results at levels or within time frames originally anticipated and may result in unforeseen integration issues.
 
If one or more of the factors affecting the Company’s forward-looking information and statements proves incorrect, then the Company’s actual results, performance or achievements could differ materially from those expressed in, or implied by, forward-looking information and statements contained in this Form 10-K. Therefore, the Company cautions you not to place undue reliance on the Company’s forward-looking information and statements.
 
The Company does not intend to update the Company’s forward-looking information and statements, whether written or oral, to reflect change. All forward-looking statements attributable to the Company are expressly qualified by these cautionary statements.


3


Table of Contents

 
PART I.
 
Item 1.   Business
 
General
 
Independent Bank Corp. (the “Company”) is a state chartered, federally registered bank holding company headquartered in Rockland, Massachusetts that was incorporated under Massachusetts law in 1985. The Company is the sole stockholder of Rockland Trust Company (“Rockland” or the “Bank”), a Massachusetts trust company chartered in 1907. Rockland is a community-oriented commercial bank. The community banking business, the Company’s only reportable operating segment, consists of commercial banking, retail banking, investment management services, retail investments and insurance sales and is managed as a single strategic unit. The community banking business derives its revenues from a wide range of banking services, including lending activities, acceptance of demand, savings, and time deposits, investment management and trust services, retail investments and insurance services, and mortgage banking income. Rockland offers a full range of community banking services through its network of 52 banking offices (including 50 full-service branches), nine commercial banking centers, three investment management group offices, and four residential lending centers, which are located in the Plymouth, Norfolk, Barnstable and Bristol counties of southeastern Massachusetts and Cape Cod. At December 31, 2006, the Company had total assets of $2.8 billion, total deposits of $2.1 billion, stockholders’ equity of $229.8 million, and 708 full-time equivalent employees.
 
Market Area and Competition
 
The Bank contends with considerable competition both in generating loans and attracting deposits. The Bank’s competition for loans is primarily from other commercial banks, savings banks, credit unions, mortgage banking companies, insurance companies, finance companies, and other institutional lenders. Competitive factors considered for loan generation include interest rates and terms offered, loan fees charged, loan products offered, service provided, and geographic locations.
 
In attracting deposits, the Bank’s primary competitors are savings banks, commercial and co-operative banks, credit unions, internet banks, as well as other non-bank institutions that offer financial alternatives such as brokerage firms and insurance companies. Competitive factors considered in attracting and retaining deposits include deposit and investment products and their respective rates of return, liquidity, and risk among other factors, such as, convenient branch locations and hours of operation, personalized customer service, online access to accounts, and automated teller machines.
 
The Bank’s market area is attractive and entry into the market by financial institutions previously not competing in the market area may continue to occur. The entry into the market area by these institutions, and other non-bank institutions that offer financial alternatives could impact the Bank’s growth or profitability.
 
Lending Activities
 
The Bank’s gross loan portfolio (loans before allowance for loan losses) amounted to $2.0 billion on December 31, 2006 or 71.6% of total assets on that date. The Bank classifies loans as commercial, business banking, real estate, or consumer. Commercial loans consist primarily of loans to businesses with credit needs in excess of $250,000 and revenue in excess of $2.5 million for working capital and other business-related purposes and floor plan financing. Business banking loans consist primarily of loans to businesses with commercial credit needs of less than or equal to $250,000 and revenues of less than $2.5 million. Real estate loans are comprised of commercial mortgages that are secured by non-residential properties, residential mortgages that are secured primarily by owner-occupied residences and mortgages for the construction of commercial and residential properties. Consumer loans consist primarily of automobile loans and home equity loans.
 
The Bank’s borrowers consist of small-to-medium sized businesses and retail customers. The Bank’s market area is generally comprised of the Plymouth, Norfolk, Barnstable and Bristol Counties located in southeastern Massachusetts and Cape Cod. Substantially all of the Bank’s commercial, business banking and consumer loan portfolios consist of loans made to residents of and businesses located in southeastern Massachusetts and Cape Cod. The majority of the real estate loans in the Bank’s loan portfolio are secured by properties located within this market area.


4


Table of Contents

 
Interest rates charged on loans may be fixed or variable and vary with the degree of risk, loan term, underwriting and servicing costs, loan amount and the extent of other banking relationships maintained with customers. Rates are further subject to competitive pressures, the current interest rate environment, availability of funds and government regulations.
 
The Bank’s principal earning assets are its loans. Although the Bank judges its borrowers to be creditworthy, the risk of deterioration in borrowers’ abilities to repay their loans in accordance with their existing loan agreements is inherent in any lending function. Participating as a lender in the credit market requires a strict underwriting and monitoring process to minimize credit risk. This process requires substantial analysis of the loan application, an evaluation of the customer’s capacity to repay according to the loan’s contractual terms, and an objective determination of the value of the collateral. The Bank also utilizes the services of an independent third-party consulting firm to provide loan review services, which consist of a variety of monitoring techniques performed after a loan becomes part of the Bank’s portfolio.
 
The Bank’s Controlled Asset and Consumer Collections Departments are responsible for the management and resolution of nonperforming assets. In the course of resolving nonperforming loans, the Bank may choose to restructure certain contractual provisions. Nonperforming assets are comprised of nonperforming loans, nonperforming securities and Other Real Estate Owned (“OREO”). Nonperforming loans consist of loans that are more than 90 days past due but still accruing interest and nonaccrual loans. OREO includes properties held by the Bank as a result of foreclosure or by acceptance of a deed in lieu of foreclosure. In order to facilitate the disposition of OREO, the Bank may finance the purchase of such properties at market rates, if the borrower qualifies under the Bank’s standard underwriting guidelines. The Bank had one property held as OREO for both periods ending December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005.
 
Origination of Loans  Commercial and industrial loan applications are obtained through existing customers, solicitation by Bank personnel, referrals from current or past customers, or walk-in customers. Commercial real estate loan applications are obtained primarily from previous borrowers, direct contact with the Bank, or referrals. Business banking loan applications are typically originated by the Bank’s retail staff, through a dedicated team of business officers, by referrals from other areas of the Bank, referrals from current or past customers or through walk-in customers. Customers for residential real estate loans are referred to Mortgage Loan Officers who will meet with the borrowers at the borrower’s convenience. Pre-approvals may be completed by a customer online via a seamless link to the Federal National Mortgage Association’s (“FNMA”) Loan Portal through the Company’s website. Residential real estate loan applications primarily result from referrals by real estate brokers, homebuilders, and existing or walk-in customers. The Bank also maintains a staff of field originators who solicit and refer residential real estate loan applications to the Bank. These employees are compensated on a commission basis and provide convenient origination services during banking and non-banking hours. The Company uses a select group of third party originators to generate additional real estate loan volume. The loans are underwritten and closed in the name of the Bank. Volume generated by these third party originators was less than 5% of total origination in 2006. Consumer loan applications are directly obtained through existing or walk-in customers who have been made aware of the Bank’s consumer loan services through advertising and other media, as well as indirectly through a network of automobile, recreational vehicle, and boat dealers.
 
Commercial and industrial loans, commercial real estate loans, and construction loans may be approved by commercial loan underwriters up to their individually assigned lending limits, which are established and modified periodically by management, with ratification by the Board of Directors, to reflect the officer’s expertise and experience. Any of those types of loans which are in excess of a commercial loan officer’s assigned lending authority must be approved by various levels of authority within the Commercial Lending Division, depending on the loan amount, up to and including the Senior Loan Committee and, ultimately, the Executive Committee of the Board of Directors.
 
Business banking loans may be approved by business banking underwriters up to their individually assigned lending limits which are established and modified periodically by the Director of Consumer and Business Banking and ratified by the Board of Directors to reflect the officer’s expertise and experience. The Director of Consumer and Business Banking’s lending limit is recommended by the Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”) and ratified by the


5


Table of Contents

Board of Directors. Any loan which is in excess of the business banking officer’s assigned lending authority must be approved by the Director of Consumer and Business Banking.
 
Residential real estate and construction loans may be approved by residential underwriters and residential loan analysts up to their individually assigned lending limits, which are established and modified periodically by management, with ratification by the Board of Directors, to reflect the underwriter’s and analyst’s expertise and experience. Any loan which is in excess of the residential underwriter’s and residential analyst’s assigned residential lending authority must be approved by various levels of authority within the Residential Lending Division, depending on the loan amount, up to and including the Senior Loan Committee and, ultimately, the Executive Committee of the Board of Directors.
 
Consumer loans may be approved by consumer lenders up to their individually assigned lending limits which are established and modified periodically by the Consumer Loan Administrator and the Director of Consumer and Business Banking to reflect the officer’s expertise and experience. The Director of Consumer and Business Banking’s lending limit is recommended by the CFO and ratified by the Board of Directors. Any loan which is in excess of the consumer lender’s assigned lending authority must be approved by the Consumer Loan Administrator or the Director of Consumer and Business Banking.
 
In accordance with governing banking statutes, Rockland is permitted, with certain exceptions, to make loans and commitments to any one borrower, including related entities, in the aggregate amount of not more than 20% of the Bank’s stockholders’ equity, which is the “Banks legal lending limit” or $53.3 million at December 31, 2006. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Bank has established a more restrictive limit of not more than 75% of the Bank’s legal lending limit, or $40.0 million at December 31, 2006, which may only be exceeded with the approval of the Board of Directors. There were no borrowers whose total indebtedness in aggregate exceeded $40.0 million as of December 31, 2006.
 
Sale of Loans  The Bank’s residential real estate loans are generally originated in compliance with terms, conditions and documentation which permit the sale of such loans to the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMC”), the Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMA”), the Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMA”), and other investors in the secondary market. Loan sales in the secondary market provide funds for additional lending and other banking activities. The Bank sells the servicing on a majority of the sold loans for a servicing released premium, simultaneous with the sale of the loan. As part of its asset/liability management strategy, the Bank may retain a portion of the adjustable rate residential real estate loan originations for its portfolio. During 2006, the Bank originated $209.7 million in residential real estate loans of which $34.0 million was retained in its portfolio, comprised primarily of adjustable rate loans.
 
Commercial and Industrial Loans  The Bank offers secured and unsecured commercial loans for business purposes, including issuing letters of credit. At December 31, 2006, $174.4 million, or 8.6% of the Bank’s gross loan portfolio consisted of commercial and industrial loans. Commercial and industrial loans generated 8.0%, 7.2%, and 6.9% of total interest income for the fiscal years ending 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.
 
Commercial loans may be structured as term loans or as revolving lines of credit. Commercial term loans generally have a repayment schedule of five years or less and, although the Bank occasionally originates some commercial term loans with interest rates which float in accordance with a designated index rate, the majority of commercial term loans have fixed rates of interest. The majority of commercial term loans are collateralized by equipment, machinery or other corporate assets. In addition, the Bank generally obtains personal guarantees from the principals of the borrower for virtually all of its commercial loans. At December 31, 2006, there were $63.8 million of term loans in the commercial loan portfolio.
 
Collateral for commercial revolving lines of credit may consist of accounts receivable, inventory or both, as well as other business assets. Commercial revolving lines of credit generally are reviewed on an annual basis and usually require substantial repayment of principal during the course of a year. The vast majority of these revolving lines of credit have variable rates of interest. At December 31, 2006, there were $110.6 million of revolving lines of credit in the commercial loan portfolio.


6


Table of Contents

 
The Bank’s standby letters of credit generally are secured, generally have terms of not more than one year, and are reviewed for renewal in general on an annualized basis. At December 31, 2006, the Bank had $8.3 million of commercial and standby letters of credit.
 
The Bank also provides automobile and, to a lesser extent, boat and other vehicle floor plan financing. Floor plan loans are secured by the automobiles, boats, or other vehicles, which constitute the dealer’s inventory. Upon the sale of a floor plan unit, the proceeds of the sale are applied to reduce the loan balance. In the event a unit financed under a floor plan line of credit remains in the dealer’s inventory for an extended period, the Bank requires the dealer to pay-down the outstanding balance associated with such unit. Bank personnel make unannounced periodic inspections of each dealer to review the value and condition of the underlying collateral. At December 31, 2006, there were $14.1 million in floor plan loans, all of which have variable rates of interest.
 
Business Banking Loans  The business banking initiative caters to all of the banking needs of businesses with commercial credit requirements and revenues typically less than or equal to $250,000 and $2.5 million respectively, with automated loan underwriting capabilities and new loan and deposit products. Business banking loans totaled $59.9 million at December 31, 2006, or 3.0% of the Bank’s gross loan portfolio. Business banking loans generated 2.9%, 2.4%, and 1.3% of total interest income for the fiscal years ending 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.
 
Business banking loans may be structured as term loans, lines of credit including overdraft protection, owner and non-owner occupied commercial mortgages and standby letters of credit. Business banking generally obtains personal guarantees from the principals of the borrower for virtually all of its loan products.
 
Business banking term loans generally have an amortization schedule of five years or less and, although business banking occasionally originates some term loans with interest rates that float in accordance with the prime rate, the majority of business banking term loans have fixed rates of interest. The majority of business banking term loans are collateralized by machinery, equipment and other corporate assets. At December 31, 2006, there were $20.2 million of term loans in the business banking loan portfolio.
 
Business banking lines of credit and overdraft protection may be offered on an unsecured basis to qualified applicants. Collateral for secured lines of credit and overdraft protection typically consists of accounts receivable and inventory as well as other business assets. Business banking lines of credit and overdraft protection are reviewed on a periodic basis based upon the total amount of exposure to the customer and are typically written on a demand basis. The vast majority of these lines of credit and overdraft protection have variable rates of interest. At December 31, 2006, there were $33.8 million of lines of credit and overdraft protection in the business banking loan portfolio.
 
Both business banking owner and non-owner occupied commercial mortgages typically have an amortization schedule of twenty years or less but are written with a five year maturity. The majority of business banking owner occupied commercial mortgages have fixed rates of interest that are adjusted typically every three to five years. The majority of business banking owner occupied commercial mortgages are collateralized by first or second mortgages on owner occupied commercial real estate. At December 31, 2006, there were $3.4 million of owner occupied commercial mortgages in the business banking loan portfolio.
 
Business banking’s standby letters of credit generally are secured, have expirations of not more than one year, and are reviewed periodically for renewal. The business banking team makes use of the Bank’s authority as a preferred lender with the U.S. Small Business Administration. At December 31, 2006, there were $3.7 million of U.S. Small Business Administration guaranteed loans in the business banking loan portfolio.
 
Real Estate Loans  The Bank’s real estate loans consist of loans secured by commercial properties, loans secured by one-to-four family residential properties, and construction loans. As of December 31, 2006, the Bank’s loan portfolio included $740.5 million in commercial real estate loans, $390.2 million in residential real estate loans, $119.7 million in commercial construction loans and $7.3 million in residential construction loans, altogether totaling 62.1% of the Bank’s gross loan portfolio. Real estate loans generated an aggregate of 48.2%, 47.5%, and 46.2% of total interest income for the fiscal years ending December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.
 
The Bank’s commercial real estate portfolio is well-diversified with loans secured by a variety of property types, such as owner-occupied and non-owner-occupied commercial, retail, office, industrial, warehouse and other


7


Table of Contents

special purpose properties, such as hotels, motels, restaurants, and golf courses. Commercial real estate also includes loans secured by certain residential-related property types including multi-family apartment buildings, residential development tracts and, to a lesser extent, condominiums. The following pie chart shows the diversification of the commercial real estate portfolio as of December 31, 2006.
 
Commercial Real Estate Portfolio by Property Type
 
(PIE CHART)
 
Although terms vary, commercial real estate loans generally have maturities of five years or less, amortization periods of 20 years, and interest rates that either float in accordance with a designated index or have fixed rates of interest. It is also the Bank’s policy to obtain personal guarantees from the principals of the borrower on commercial real estate loans and to obtain financial statements at least annually from all commercial and multi-family borrowers.
 
Commercial real estate lending entails additional risks as compared to residential real estate lending. Commercial real estate loans typically involve larger loan balances to single borrowers or groups of related borrowers. Development of commercial real estate projects also may be subject to numerous land use and environmental issues. The payment experience on such loans is typically dependent on the successful operation of the real estate project, which can be significantly impacted by supply and demand conditions in the market for commercial and retail space.
 
Rockland originates both fixed-rate and adjustable-rate residential real estate loans. The Bank will lend up to 100% of the lesser of the appraised value of the residential property securing the loan or the purchase price, and generally requires borrowers to obtain private mortgage insurance when the amount of the loan exceeds 80% of the value of the property. The rates of these loans are typically competitive with market rates. The Bank’s residential real estate loans are generally originated only under terms, conditions and documentation, which permit sale in the secondary market.
 
The Bank generally requires title insurance protecting the priority of its mortgage lien, as well as fire, extended coverage casualty and flood insurance when necessary in order to protect the properties securing its residential and other real estate loans. Independent appraisers appraise properties securing all of the Bank’s first mortgage real estate loans.
 
Construction loans are intended to finance the construction of residential and commercial properties, including loans for the acquisition and development of land or rehabilitation of existing homes. Construction loans generally have terms of six months, but not more than two years. They usually do not provide for amortization of the loan balance during the term. The majority of the Bank’s commercial construction loans have floating rates of interest based upon the Rockland base rate or the prime rate published daily in the Wall Street Journal.
 
A significant portion of the Bank’s construction lending is related to one-to-four family residential development within the Bank’s market area. The Bank typically has focused its construction lending on relatively small


8


Table of Contents

projects and has developed and maintains a relationship with a significant number of homebuilders in the Plymouth, Norfolk, Barnstable and Bristol Counties of southeastern Massachusetts and Cape Cod.
 
Construction loans are generally considered to present a higher degree of risk than permanent real estate loans. A borrower’s ability to complete construction may be affected by a variety of factors such as adverse changes in interest rates and the borrower’s ability to control costs and adhere to time schedules.
 
Consumer Loans  The Bank makes loans for a wide variety of personal needs. Consumer loans primarily consist of installment loans, home equity loans, overdraft protection, and personal lines of credit. As of December 31, 2006, $532.9 million, or 26.3%, of the Bank’s gross loan portfolio consisted of consumer loans. Consumer loans generated 22.2%, 20.8% and 20.1% of total interest income for the fiscal years ending December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively.
 
The Bank’s installment loans consist primarily of automobile loans, which totaled $206.8 million, at December 31, 2006, or 10.2% of loans, a decrease from 12.9% of loans at year-end 2005, and a decrease from 14.8% of loans at year-end 2004. A substantial portion of the Bank’s automobile loans are originated indirectly by a network of approximately 185 new and used automobile dealers located within the Bank’s market area. Although employees of the dealer take applications for such loans, the loans are made pursuant to Rockland’s underwriting standards using Rockland’s documentation. A Rockland loan officer must approve all indirect loans. In addition to indirect automobile lending, the Bank also originates automobile loans directly.
 
The maximum term for the Bank’s automobile loans is 84 months for a new car loan and 72 months with respect to a used car loan. Loans on new and used automobiles are generally made without recourse to the dealer. The Bank requires all borrowers to maintain automobile insurance, including full collision, fire and theft, with a maximum allowable deductible and with the Bank listed as loss payee. In addition, in order to mitigate the adverse effect on interest income caused by prepayments, dealers are required to maintain a reserve, of up to 3% of the outstanding balance of the indirect loans originated by them under Reserve option “A”. Reserve option “A” allows the Bank to be rebated the prepaid dealer reserve on a pro-rata basis in the event of prepayment prior to maturity. Reserve option “B” allows the dealer to share the reserve with the Bank, split 75/25, however for the Bank’s receipt of 25%, no rebates are applied to the account after 90 days from date of first payment. Indirect automobile loans at December 31, 2006, had a weighted average FICO1 score of 721 and a weighted average combined loan to value ratio of 98.9%.
 
The Bank’s consumer loans also include home equity, unsecured loans and loans secured by deposit accounts, loans to purchase motorcycles, recreational vehicles, motor homes, boats, or mobile homes. The Bank generally will lend up to 100% of the purchase price of vehicles other than automobiles with terms of up to three years for motorcycles and up to fifteen years for recreational vehicles.
 
Home equity loans and lines may be made as a fixed rate term loan or under a variable rate revolving line of credit secured by a first or second mortgage on the borrower’s residence or second home. At December 31, 2006, $80.2 million, or 28.9%, of the home equity portfolio were term loans and $196.8 million, or 71.1%, of the home equity portfolio were revolving lines of credit. The Bank will originate home equity loans and lines in an amount up to 89.9% of the appraised value or on-line valuation, reduced for any loans outstanding secured by such collateral. Home equity loans and lines are underwritten in accordance with the Bank’s loan policy which includes a combination of credit score, loan to value ratio2, employment history and debt to income ratio. Home equity lines of credit at December 31, 2006, had a weighted average FICO1 score of 749 and a weighted average combined loan to value ratio of 58.0%.
 
 
1 FICO — represents a credit score determined by the Fair Isaac Corporation, with data provided by the three major credit repositories (Trans Union, Experian, and Equifax). This score predicts the likelihood of loan default. The lower the score, the more likely an individual is to default. The actual FICO scores range from 300 to 850 (fairissaac.com).
2 Loan to Value — is the ratio of the total potential exposure on a loan to the fair market value of the collateral. The higher the Loan to Value, the higher the loss risk in the event of default.


9


Table of Contents

 
Cash reserve loans are made pursuant to previously approved unsecured cash reserve lines of credit. The rate on these loans is tied to the prime rate.
 
Investment Activities
 
The Bank’s securities portfolio consists of U.S. Treasury and U.S. Government agency obligations, state, county and municipal securities, mortgage-backed securities, collateralized mortgage obligations, Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) stock, corporate debt securities and equity securities held for the purpose of funding supplemental executive retirement plan obligations through a Rabbi Trust. Most of these securities are investment grade debt obligations with average lives of five years or less. U.S. Treasury and U.S. Government agency securities entail a lesser degree of risk than loans made by the Bank by virtue of the guarantees that back them, require less capital under risk-based capital rules than non-insured or non-guaranteed mortgage loans, are more liquid than individual mortgage loans, and may be used to collateralize borrowings or other obligations of the Bank. The Bank views its securities portfolio as a source of income and liquidity. Interest and principal payments generated from securities provide a source of liquidity to fund loans and meet short-term cash needs. The Bank’s securities portfolio is managed in accordance with the Rockland Trust Company Investment Policy adopted by the Board of Directors. The Chief Executive Officer or the Chief Financial Officer may make investments with the approval of one additional member of the Asset/Liability Management Committee, subject to limits on the type, size and quality of all investments, which are specified in the Investment Policy. The Bank’s Asset/Liability Management Committee, or its appointee, is required to evaluate any proposed purchase from the standpoint of overall diversification of the portfolio. At December 31, 2006, securities totaled $517.3 million. Total securities generated interest and dividends on securities of 17.8%, 21.8%, and 25.5% of total interest income for the fiscal years ended 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. The chart below shows the level of securities versus assets for the year end 2004, 2005 and 2006.
 
Level of Securities/Assets
(Dollars in thousands)
 
(BAR CHART)
 
Sources of Funds
 
Deposits  Deposits obtained through Rockland’s branch banking network have traditionally been the principal source of the Bank’s funds for use in lending and for other general business purposes. The Bank has built a stable base of in-market core deposits from consumers, businesses, and municipalities located in southeastern Massachusetts and Cape Cod. Rockland offers a range of demand deposits, interest checking, money market accounts, savings accounts, and time certificates of deposit. Interest rates on deposits are based on factors that include loan demand, deposit maturities, alternative costs of funds, and interest rates offered by competing financial institutions in the Bank’s market area. The Bank believes it has been able to attract and maintain satisfactory levels of deposits based on the level of service it provides to its customers, the convenience of its banking locations, and its interest rates that are generally competitive with those of competing financial institutions. Rockland has a municipal banking department that focuses on providing service to local municipalities. At December 31, 2006, there were municipal deposits from customers of $122.0 million which are included in total deposits. As of December 31, 2006, total deposits were $2.1 billion.
 
Rockland’s branch locations are supplemented by the Bank’s internet banking services as well as automated teller machine (“ATM”) cards and debit cards, which may be used to conduct various banking transactions at ATMs


10


Table of Contents

maintained at each of the Bank’s full-service offices and four additional remote ATM locations. The ATM cards and debit cards also allow customers access to the “NYCE” regional ATM network, as well as the “Cirrus” nationwide ATM network. In addition, Rockland is a member of the “SUM” network, which allows access to 2,800 participating ATM machines free of surcharge. These networks provide the Bank’s customers access to their accounts through ATMs located throughout Massachusetts, the United States, and the world. The debit card also can be used at any place that accepts MasterCard worldwide.
 
Borrowings  Borrowings consist of short-term and intermediate-term obligations. Short-term borrowings can consist of FHLB advances, federal funds purchased, treasury tax and loan notes and assets sold under repurchase agreements. In a repurchase agreement transaction, the Bank will generally sell a security agreeing to repurchase either the same or a substantially identical security on a specified later date at a price slightly greater than the original sales price. The difference in the sale price and purchase price is the cost of the proceeds recorded as interest expense. The securities underlying the agreements are delivered to the dealer who arranges the transactions as security for the repurchase obligation. Payments on such borrowings are interest only until the scheduled repurchase date, which generally occurs within a period of 30 days or less. Repurchase agreements represent a non-deposit funding source for the Bank and the Bank is subject to the risk that the purchaser may default at maturity and not return the collateral. In order to minimize this potential risk, the Bank only deals with established investment brokerage firms when entering into these transactions. On December 31, 2006, the Bank had $25.0 million outstanding under these repurchase agreements with investment brokerage firms. In addition to agreements with brokers, the Bank has entered into similar agreements with its customers. At December 31, 2006, the Bank had $83.2 million of customer repurchase agreements outstanding.
 
In July 1994, Rockland became a member of the FHLB of Boston. Among the many advantages of this membership, this affiliation provides the Bank with access to short-to-medium term borrowing capacity. At December 31, 2006, the Bank had $305.1 million outstanding in FHLB borrowings with initial maturities ranging from 3 months to 20 years. In addition, the Bank had $198.7 million of borrowing capacity remaining with the FHLB at December 31, 2006.
 
Also included in borrowings are junior subordinated debentures payable to the Company’s unconsolidated special purpose entities (Independent Capital Trust IV (“Trust IV”) and Independent Capital Trust V (“Trust V”)) that issued trust preferred securities to the public. At December 31, 2006 there were $25.8 million outstanding junior subordinated debentures at a fixed rate of 8.375% issued by Trust IV and $51.5 million outstanding junior subordinated debentures issued by Trust V at a variable rate defined as the 3 month London Interbank Offered Rate plus 148 basis points. The Company has entered into interest rate swap agreements to fix the interest rate paid on these debentures for the next ten years at 6.52%. The debentures have a stated maturity of April 30, 2032 and March 31, 2037 for amounts due to Trust IV and V, respectively. Proceeds from the issuance of junior subordinated debentures from Trust V will be used to redeem all of the outstanding 8.375% junior subordinated debentures issued by Trust IV when they are first callable on April 30, 2007.
 
Investment Management, Retail Investments and Insurance
 
Investment Management  The Rockland Trust Investment Management Group provides investment management and trust services to individuals, small businesses, and charitable institutions throughout southeastern Massachusetts and Cape Cod. In addition, the Bank serves as executor or administrator of estates.
 
Accounts maintained by the Rockland Trust Investment Management Group consist of “managed” and “non-managed” accounts. “Managed” accounts are those for which the Bank is responsible for administration and investment management and/or investment advice. “Non-managed” accounts are those for which the Bank acts solely as a custodian or directed trustee. The Bank receives fees dependent upon the level and type of service(s) provided. For the year ended December 31, 2006, the Investment Management Group generated gross fee revenues of $5.5 million. Total assets under administration as of December 31, 2006, were $815.8 million, an increase of $135.7 million, or 20.0%, from December 31, 2005.
 
The administration of trust and fiduciary accounts is monitored by the Trust Committee of the Bank’s Board of Directors. The Trust Committee has delegated administrative responsibilities to three committees, one for


11


Table of Contents

investments, one for administration, and one for operations, all of which are comprised of Investment Management Group officers who meet not less than monthly.
 
Retail Investments and Insurance  In 1999, the Bank entered into an agreement with Independent Financial Marketing Group, Inc. (“IFMG”) and their insurance subsidiary IFS Agencies, Inc. (“IFS”) for the sale of mutual fund shares, unit investment trust shares, general securities, fixed and variable annuities and life insurance. At the end of June 2006, the Bank terminated its relationship with IFMG Securities and IFS Agencies and entered into agreements with Linsco/Private Ledger Corp. (“LPL”) and their insurance subsidiary Private Ledger Insurance Services of Massachusetts, Inc. to offer those services. Under the new arrangement, registered representatives who are dually employed by both the Bank and LPL are onsite to offer these products to the Bank’s customer base. In 2005, the Bank entered into an agreement with Savings Bank Life Insurance of Massachusetts (“SBLI”) to enable appropriately licensed Bank employees to offer SBLI’s fixed annuities and life insurance to the Bank’s customer base. For the year ended December 31, 2006, the retail investments and insurance group generated gross fee revenues of $593,000.
 
Regulation
 
The following discussion sets forth certain of the material elements of the regulatory framework applicable to bank holding companies and their subsidiaries and provides certain specific information relevant to the Company. To the extent that the following information describes statutory and regulatory provisions, it is qualified in its entirety by reference to the particular statutory and regulatory provisions. A change in applicable statutes, regulations or regulatory policy, may have a material effect on our business. The laws and regulations governing the Company and Rockland generally have been promulgated to protect depositors and not for the purpose of protecting stockholders.
 
General  The Company is registered as a bank holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (“BHCA”), as amended, and as such is subject to regulation by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (“Federal Reserve”). Rockland is subject to regulation and examination by the Commissioner of Banks of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts (the “Commissioner”) and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”). The majority of Rockland’s deposit accounts are insured to the maximum extent permitted by law by the Bank Insurance Fund (“BIF”) which is administered by the FDIC. In 1994, the Bank purchased the deposits of three branches of a failed savings and loan association from the Resolution Trust Corporation. These deposits are insured to the maximum extent permitted by law by the Savings Association Insurance Fund (“SAIF”).
 
The Bank Holding Company Act (“BHCA”)  BHCA prohibits the Company from acquiring direct or indirect ownership or control of more than 5% of any class of voting shares of any bank, or increasing such ownership or control of any bank, without prior approval of the Federal Reserve. The BHCA also prohibits the Company from, with certain exceptions, acquiring more than 5% of any class of voting shares of any company that is not a bank and from engaging in any business other than banking or managing or controlling banks.
 
Under the BHCA, the Federal Reserve is authorized to approve the ownership by the Company of shares in any company, the activities of which the Federal Reserve has determined to be so closely related to banking or to managing or controlling banks as to be a proper incident thereto. The Federal Reserve has, by regulation, determined that some activities are closely related to banking within the meaning of the BHCA. These activities include, but are not limited to, operating a mortgage company, finance company, credit card company, factoring company, trust company or savings association; performing data processing operations; providing some securities brokerage services; acting as an investment or financial adviser; acting as an insurance agent for types of credit-related insurance; engaging in insurance underwriting under limited circumstances; leasing personal property on a full-payout, non-operating basis; providing tax planning and preparation services; operating a collection agency and a credit bureau; providing consumer financial counseling and courier services. The Federal Reserve also has determined that other activities, including real estate brokerage and syndication, land development, property management and, except under limited circumstances, underwriting of life insurance not related to credit transactions, are not closely related to banking and are not a proper incident thereto.
 
Interstate Banking  Pursuant to the Riegle-Neal Interstate Banking and Branching Efficiency Act of 1994 (the “Interstate Banking Act”), bank holding companies may acquire banks in states other than their home state


12


Table of Contents

without regard to the permissibility of such acquisitions under state law, but subject to any state requirement that the bank has been organized and operating for a minimum period of time, not to exceed five years, and the requirement that the bank holding company, after the proposed acquisition, controls no more than 10 percent of the total amount of deposits of insured depository institutions in the United States and no more than 30 percent or such lesser or greater amount set by state law of such deposits in that state.
 
Pursuant to Massachusetts law, no approval to acquire a banking institution, acquire additional shares in a banking institution, acquire substantially all the assets of a banking institution, or merge or consolidate with another bank holding company, may be given if the bank being acquired has been in existence for a period less than three years or, as a result, the bank holding company would control, in excess of 30%, of the total deposits of all state and federally chartered banks in Massachusetts, unless waived by the Commissioner. With the prior written approval of the Commissioner, Massachusetts also permits the establishment of de novo branches in Massachusetts to the full extent permitted by the Interstate Banking Act, provided the laws of the home state of such out-of-state bank expressly authorize, under conditions no more restrictive than those of Massachusetts, Massachusetts banks to establish and operate de novo branches in such state.
 
Capital Requirements  The Federal Reserve has adopted capital adequacy guidelines pursuant to which it assesses the adequacy of capital in examining and supervising a bank holding company and in analyzing applications to it under the BHCA. The Federal Reserve’s capital adequacy guidelines which generally require bank holding companies to maintain total capital equal to 8% of total risk-adjusted assets, with at least one-half of that amount consisting of Tier 1, or core capital and up to one-half of that amount consisting of Tier 2, or supplementary capital. Tier 1 capital for bank holding companies generally consists of the sum of common stockholders’ equity and perpetual preferred stock (subject in the case of the latter to limitations on the kind and amount of such stocks which may be included as Tier 1 capital), less net unrealized gains on available for sale securities and on cash flow hedges, post retirement adjustments recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (according to an interim decision announced on December 14, 2006), and goodwill and other intangible assets required to be deducted from capital. Tier 2 capital generally consists of perpetual preferred stock which is not eligible to be included as Tier 1 capital; hybrid capital instruments such as perpetual debt and mandatory convertible debt securities, and term subordinated debt and intermediate-term preferred stock; and, subject to limitations, the allowance for loan losses. Assets are adjusted under the risk-based guidelines to take into account different risk characteristics, with the categories ranging from 0% (requiring no additional capital) for assets such as cash to 100% for the majority of assets which are typically held by a bank holding company, including commercial real estate loans, commercial loans and consumer loans. Single family residential first mortgage loans which are not 90 days or more past due or nonperforming and which have been made in accordance with prudent underwriting standards are assigned a 50% level in the risk-weighting system, as are certain privately-issued mortgage-backed securities representing indirect ownership of such loans and certain multi-family housing loans. Off-balance sheet items also are adjusted to take into account certain risk characteristics.
 
In addition to the risk-based capital requirements, the Federal Reserve requires bank holding companies to maintain a minimum leverage capital ratio of Tier 1 capital to total assets of 3.0%. Total assets for this purpose do not include goodwill and any other intangible assets or investments that the Federal Reserve determines should be deducted from Tier 1 capital. The Federal Reserve has announced that the 3.0% Tier 1 leverage capital ratio requirement is the minimum for the top-rated bank holding companies without any supervisory, financial or operational weaknesses or deficiencies or those which are not experiencing or anticipating significant growth. Other bank holding companies (including the Company) are expected to maintain Tier 1 leverage capital ratios of at least 4.0% to 5.0% or more, depending on their overall condition.
 
The Company currently is in compliance with the above-described regulatory capital requirements. At December 31, 2006, the Company had Tier 1 capital and total capital equal to 11.05% and 12.30% of total risk-adjusted assets, respectively, and Tier 1 leverage capital equal to 8.05% of total assets. As of such date, Rockland complied with the applicable bank federal regulatory risked based capital requirements, with Tier 1 capital and total capital equal to 10.42% and 11.67% of total risk-adjusted assets, respectively, and Tier 1 leverage capital equal to 7.60% of total assets.


13


Table of Contents

 
The FDIC has promulgated regulations and adopted a statement of policy regarding the capital adequacy of state-chartered banks, which, like Rockland, are not members of the Federal Reserve System. These requirements are substantially similar to those adopted by the Federal Reserve regarding bank holding companies, as described above. The FDIC’s capital regulations establish a minimum 3.0% Tier 1 leverage capital to total assets requirement for the most highly-rated state-chartered, non-member banks, with an additional cushion of at least 100 to 200 basis points for all other state-chartered, non-member banks, which effectively will increase the minimum Tier 1 leverage capital ratio for such banks to 4.0% or 5.0% or more. Under the FDIC’s regulations, the highest-rated banks are those that the FDIC determines are not anticipating or experiencing significant growth and have well diversified risk, including no undue interest rate risk exposure, excellent asset quality, high liquidity, good earnings and in general which are considered strong banking organizations, rated composite 1 under the Uniform Financial Institutions Rating System.
 
Each federal banking agency has broad powers to implement a system of prompt corrective action to resolve problems of institutions, that it regulates, which are not adequately capitalized. A bank shall be deemed to be (i) “well capitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of 10.0% or more, has a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6.0% or more, has a Tier 1 leverage capital ratio of 5.0% or more and is not subject to any written capital order or directive; (ii) “adequately capitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of 8.0% or more, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 4.0% or more, a Tier 1 leverage capital ratio of 4.0% or more (3.0% under certain circumstances) and does not meet the definition of “well capitalized”; (iii) “undercapitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio that is less than 8.0%, or a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio that is less than 4.0% or a Tier 1 leverage capital ratio of less than 4.0% (3.0% under certain circumstances); (iv) “significantly undercapitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio that is less than 6.0%, or a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio that is less than 3.0%, or a Tier 1 leverage capital ratio that is less than 3.0%; and (v) “critically undercapitalized” if it has a ratio of tangible equity to total assets that is equal to or less than 2.0%. As of December 31, 2006, Rockland was deemed a “well-capitalized institution” for this purpose.
 
Commitments to Affiliated Institutions  Under Federal Reserve policy, the Company is expected to act as a source of financial strength to Rockland and to commit resources to support Rockland. This support may be required at times when the Company may not be able to provide such support. Similarly, under the cross-guarantee provisions of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, in the event of a loss suffered or anticipated by the FDIC — either as a result of default of a banking or thrift subsidiary of a bank/financial holding company such as the Company or related to FDIC assistance provided to a subsidiary in danger of default — the other banking subsidiaries of such bank/financial holding company may be assessed for the FDIC’s loss, subject to certain exceptions.
 
Limitations on Acquisitions of Common Stock  The federal Change in Bank Control Act (“CBCA”) prohibits a person or group of persons from acquiring “control” of a bank holding company or bank unless the appropriate federal bank regulator has been given 60 days prior written notice of such proposed acquisition and within that time period such regulator has not issued a notice disapproving the proposed acquisition or extending for up to another 30 days the period during which such a disapproval may be issued. The acquisition of 25% or more of any class of voting securities constitutes the acquisition of control under the CBCA. In addition, under a rebuttal presumption established under the CBCA regulations, the acquisition of 10% or more of a class of voting stock of a bank holding company or a FDIC insured bank, with a class of securities registered under or subject to the requirements of Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 would, under the circumstances set forth in the presumption, constitute the acquisition of control.
 
Any “company” would be required to obtain the approval of the Federal Reserve under the BHCA before acquiring 25% (5% in the case of an acquirer that is a bank holding company) or more of the outstanding common stock of, or such lesser number of shares as constitute control over, the Company. Such approval would be contingent upon, among other things, the acquirer registering as a bank holding company, divesting all impermissible holdings and ceasing any activities not permissible for a bank holding company. The Company owns no voting stock in any banking institution.
 
Deposit Insurance Premiums  Rockland currently pays deposit insurance premiums to the FDIC based on a single, uniform assessment rate established by the FDIC for all Bank Insurance Fund (“BIF”) -member institutions. The assessment rates range from 0% to 0.27%. Under the FDIC’s risk-based assessment system, institutions are


14


Table of Contents

assigned to one of three capital groups which assignment is based solely on the level of an institution’s capital — “well capitalized,” “adequately capitalized,” and “undercapitalized” — which are defined in the same manner as the regulations establishing the prompt corrective action system under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (“FDIA”). Rockland is presently “well capitalized” and as a result, Rockland is currently not subject to any FDIC premium obligation.
 
Effective January 1, 2007, the FDIC approved new deposit insurance assessment rates that will be determined based upon a combination of financial ratios and supervisory factors. There are four established risk categories under the new assessment rules. The Bank anticipates that it will qualify as a Risk Category I institution with assessment rates ranging from 5 to 7 basis points of the deposit assessment base, as defined by the FDIC. Based upon an analytic tool provided by the FDIC, the Bank anticipates that its projected calculated assessment rate will be at the lower end of that range. The Federal Deposit Insurance Reform Act of 2005 allows eligible insured depository institutions to share in a one-time assessment credit pool of approximately $4.7 billion, effectively reducing the amount these institutions will be required to submit as an overall assessment. As indicated in the final rule regarding this credit published in October 2006, the FDIC provided the Bank with a preliminary Statement of One-Time Credit. The Bank’s one-time assessment credit as indicated on that statement is approximately $1.3 million to be received in 2007.
 
Community Reinvestment Act (“CRA”)  Pursuant to the Community Reinvestment Act (“CRA”) and similar provisions of Massachusetts law, regulatory authorities review the performance of the Company and Rockland in meeting the credit needs of the communities served by Rockland. The applicable regulatory authorities consider compliance with this law in connection with applications for, among other things, approval of new branches, branch relocations, engaging in certain new financial activities under the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999, as discussed below, and acquisitions of banks and bank holding companies. The FDIC and the Massachusetts Division of Banks has assigned the Bank a CRA rating of outstanding as of the latest examinations.
 
Bank Secrecy Act  The Bank Secrecy Act requires financial institutions to keep records and file reports that are determined to have a high degree of usefulness in criminal, tax and regulatory matters, and to implement counter-money laundering programs and compliance procedures.
 
USA Patriot Act of 2001  In October 2001, the USA Patriot Act of 2001 was enacted in response to the terrorist attacks in New York, Pennsylvania and Washington D.C. which occurred on September 11, 2001. The Patriot Act is intended to strengthen U.S. law enforcement’s and the intelligence communities’ abilities to work cohesively to combat terrorism on a variety of fronts. The potential impact of the Patriot Act on financial institutions of all kinds is significant and wide ranging. The Patriot Act contains sweeping anti-money laundering and financial transparency laws and imposes various regulations, including standards for verifying client identification at account opening, and rules to promote cooperation among financial institutions, regulators and law enforcement entities in identifying parties that may be involved in terrorism or money laundering.
 
Financial Services Modernization Legislation  In November 1999, the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (“GLB”) of 1999, was enacted. The GLB repeals provisions of the Glass-Steagall Act which restricted the affiliation of Federal Reserve member banks with firms “engaged principally” in specified securities activities, and which restricted officer, director or employee interlocks between a member bank and any company or person “primarily engaged” in specified securities activities.
 
In addition, the GLB also contains provisions that expressly preempt any state law restricting the establishment of financial affiliations, primarily related to insurance. The general effect of the law is to establish a comprehensive framework to permit affiliations among commercial banks, insurance companies, securities firms and other financial service providers, by revising and expanding the Bank Holding Company Act framework to permit a holding company to engage in a full range of financial activities through a new entity known as a “financial holding company.” “Financial activities” is broadly defined to include not only banking, insurance and securities activities, but also merchant banking and additional activities that the Federal Reserve Board, in consultation with the Secretary of the Treasury, determines to be financial in nature, incidental to such financial activities or complementary activities that do not pose a substantial risk to the safety and soundness of depository institutions or the financial system generally.


15


Table of Contents

 
The GLB also permits national banks to engage in expanded activities through the formation of financial subsidiaries. A national bank may have a subsidiary engaged in any activity authorized for national banks directly or any financial activity, except for insurance underwriting, insurance investments, real estate investment or development, or merchant banking, which may only be conducted through a subsidiary of a financial holding company. Financial activities include all activities permitted under new sections of the Bank Holding Company Act or permitted by regulation.
 
To the extent that the GLB permits banks, securities firms and insurance companies to affiliate, the financial services industry may experience further consolidation. The GLB is intended to grant to community banks certain powers as a matter of right that larger institutions have accumulated on an ad hoc basis and which unitary savings and loan holding companies already possess. Nevertheless, the GLB may have the result of increasing the amount of competition that the Company faces from larger institutions and other types of companies offering financial products, many of which may have substantially more financial resources than the Company.
 
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002  The Sarbanes-Oxley Act (“SOA”) of 2002 includes very specific disclosure requirements and corporate governance rules, and the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) and securities exchanges have adopted extensive disclosure, corporate governance and other related rules, due to the SOA. The Company has incurred additional expenses in complying with the provisions of the SOA and the resulting regulations. As the SEC provides any new requirements under the SOA, management will review those rules, comply as required and may incur more expenses. However, management does not expect that such compliance will have a material impact on our results of operation or financial condition.
 
Regulation W  Transactions between a bank and its “affiliates” are quantitatively and qualitatively restricted under the Federal Reserve Act. The Federal Deposit Insurance Act applies Sections 23A and 23B to insured nonmember banks in the same manner and to the same extent as if they were members of the Federal Reserve System. The Federal Reserve Board has also recently issued Regulation W, which codifies prior regulations under Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act and interpretative guidance with respect to affiliate transactions. Regulation W incorporates the exemption from the affiliate transaction rules, but expands the exemption to cover the purchase of any type of loan or extension of credit from an affiliate. Affiliates of a bank include, among other entities, the bank’s holding company and companies that are under common control with the bank. The Company is considered to be an affiliate of the Bank. In general, subject to certain specified exemptions, a bank or its subsidiaries are limited in their ability to engage in “covered transactions” with affiliates:
 
  •  to an amount equal to 10% of the bank’s capital and surplus, in the case of covered transactions with any one affiliate; and
 
  •  to an amount equal to 20% of the bank’s capital and surplus, in the case of covered transactions with all affiliates.
 
In addition, a bank and its subsidiaries may engage in covered transactions and other specified transactions only on terms and under circumstances that are substantially the same, or at least as favorable to the bank or its subsidiary, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with nonaffiliated companies. A “covered transaction” includes:
 
  •  a loan or extension of credit to an affiliate;
 
  •  a purchase of, or an investment in, securities issued by an affiliate;
 
  •  a purchase of assets from an affiliate, with some exceptions;
 
  •  the acceptance of securities issued by an affiliate as collateral for a loan or extension of credit to any party; and
 
  •  the issuance of a guarantee, acceptance or letter of credit on behalf of an affiliate.
 
In addition, under Regulation W:
 
  •  a bank and its subsidiaries may not purchase a low-quality asset from an affiliate;


16


Table of Contents

 
  •  covered transactions and other specified transactions between a bank or its subsidiaries and an affiliate must be on terms and conditions that are consistent with safe and sound banking practices; and
 
  •  with some exceptions, each loan or extension of credit by a bank to an affiliate must be secured by collateral with a market value ranging from 100% to 130%, depending on the type of collateral, of the amount of the loan or extension of credit.
 
Regulation W generally excludes all non-bank and non-savings association subsidiaries of banks from treatment as affiliates, except to the extent that the Federal Reserve Board decides to treat these subsidiaries as affiliates.
 
Employees  As of December 31, 2006, the Bank had 708 full time equivalent employees. None of the Company’s employees are represented by a labor union and management considers relations with its employees to be good.
 
Miscellaneous  Rockland is subject to certain restrictions on loans to the Company, on investments in the stock or securities thereof, on the taking of such stock or securities as collateral for loans to any borrower, and on the issuance of a guarantee or letter of credit on behalf of the Company. Rockland also is subject to certain restrictions on most types of transactions with the Company, requiring that the terms of such transactions be substantially equivalent to terms of similar transactions with non-affiliated firms. In addition, under state law, there are certain conditions for and restrictions on the distribution of dividends to the Company by Rockland.
 
The regulatory information referenced briefly summarizes certain material statutes and regulations affecting the Company and the Bank and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the particular statutory and regulatory provisions.
 
Statistical Disclosure by Bank Holding Companies
 
The following information, included under Items 6, 7, and 8 of this report are incorporated by reference herein.
 
Note 8, “Borrowings” within Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements which includes information regarding short-term borrowings and is included in Item 8 hereof.
 
For additional information regarding the Company’s business and operations, see Selected Financial Data in Item 6 hereof, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations in Item 7 hereof and the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 hereof.
 
Securities and Exchange Commission Availability of Filings on Company Web Site
 
Under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 Sections 13 and 15(d), periodic and current reports must be filed with the SEC. The public may read and copy any materials filed with the SEC at the SEC’s Office of Investor Education and Assistance (Public Reference Room) at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549-0213. The public may obtain information on the operation of the Office of Investor Education and Assistance (Public Reference Room) by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The Company electronically files the following reports with the SEC: Form 10-K (Annual Report), Form 10-Q (Quarterly Report), Form 11-K (Annual Report for Employees’ Savings, Profit Sharing and Stock Ownership Plan), Form 8-K (Report of Unscheduled Material Events), Forms S-4, S-3 and 8-A (Registration Statements), and Form DEF 14A (Proxy Statement). The Company may file additional forms. The SEC maintains an internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC, at www.sec.gov, in which all forms filed electronically may be accessed. Additionally, our annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K filed with the SEC and additional shareholder information are available free of charge on the Company’s website: www.RocklandTrust.com (within the investor relations tab). Information contained on our website and the SEC website is not incorporated by reference into this Form 10-K. We have included our web address and the SEC website address only as inactive textual references and do not intend them to be active links to our website or the SEC website. The Company’s Code of Ethics and other Corporate Governance documents are also available on the Company’s website in the Investor Relations section of the website.


17


Table of Contents

 
Item 1A.   Risk Factors
 
Changes in interest rates could adversely impact the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.  The Company’s ability to make a profit, like that of most financial institutions, substantially depends upon its net interest income, which is the difference between the interest income earned on interest earning assets, such as loans and investment securities, and the interest expense paid on interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits and borrowings. However, certain assets and liabilities, may react differently to changes in market interest rates. Further, interest rates on some types of assets and liabilities may fluctuate prior to changes in broader market interest rates, while rates on other types of assets may lag behind. Additionally, some assets such as adjustable-rate mortgages, have features, and rate caps, which restrict changes in their interest rates.
 
Factors such as inflation, recession, unemployment, money supply, global disorder such as that experienced as a result of the terrorist activity on September 11, 2001, instability in domestic and foreign financial markets, and other factors beyond the Company’s control, may affect interest rates. Changes in market interest rates will also affect the level of voluntary prepayments on loans and the receipt of payments on mortgage-backed securities, resulting in the receipt of proceeds that may have to be reinvested at a lower rate than the loan or mortgage-backed security being prepaid. Although the Company pursues an asset-liability management strategy designed to control its risk from changes in market interest rates, changes in interest rates can still have a material adverse effect on the Company’s profitability.
 
If the Company has higher loan losses than it has allowed for, its earnings could materially decrease.  The Company’s loan customers may not repay loans according to their terms, and the collateral securing the payment of loans may be insufficient to assure repayment. The Company may therefore experience significant credit losses which could have a material adverse effect on its operating results. The Company makes various assumptions and judgments about the collectibility of its loan portfolio, including the creditworthiness of borrowers and the value of the real estate and other assets serving as collateral for the repayment of loans. In determining the size of the allowance for loan losses, the Company relies on its experience and its evaluation of economic conditions. If its assumptions prove to be incorrect, its current allowance for loan losses may not be sufficient to cover losses inherent in its loan portfolio and adjustment may be necessary to allow for different economic conditions or adverse developments in its loan portfolio. Consequently, a problem with one or more loans could require the Company to significantly increase the level of its provision for loan losses. In addition, federal and state regulators periodically review the Company’s allowance for loan losses and may require it to increase its provision for loan losses or recognize further loan charge-offs. Material additions to the allowance would materially decrease the Company’s net income.
 
A significant amount of the Company’s loans are concentrated in Massachusetts, and adverse conditions in this area could negatively impact its operations.  Substantially all of the loans the Company originates are secured by properties located in or are made to businesses which operate in Massachusetts. Because of the current concentration of the Company’s loan origination activities in Massachusetts, in the event of adverse economic conditions, potential downward pressure on housing prices, political or business developments or natural hazards that may affect Massachusetts and the ability of property owners and businesses in Massachusetts to make payments of principal and interest on the underlying loans, the Company would likely experience higher rates of loss and delinquency on its loans than if its loans were more geographically diversified, which could have an adverse effect on its results of operations or financial condition.
 
The Company operates in a highly regulated environment and may be adversely impacted by changes in law and regulations.  The Company is subject to extensive regulation, supervision and examination. See “Regulation” in Item 1 hereof, Business.  Any change in the laws or regulations and failure by the Company to comply with applicable law and regulation, or a change in regulators’ supervisory policies or examination procedures, whether by the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks, the FDIC, the Federal Reserve Board, other state or federal regulators, the United States Congress, or the Massachusetts legislature could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.
 
The Company has strong competition within its market area which may limit the Company’s growth and profitability.  The Company faces significant competition both in attracting deposits and in the origination of loans. See “Market Area and Competition” in Item 1 hereof, Business.  Commercial banks, credit unions, savings


18


Table of Contents

banks, savings and loan associations operating in our primary market area have historically provided most of our competition for deposits. Competition for the origination of real estate and other loans come from other commercial banks, thrift institutions, insurance companies, finance companies, other institutional lenders and mortgage companies.
 
The success of the Company is dependent on hiring and retaining certain key personnel.  The Company’s performance is largely dependent on the talents and efforts of highly skilled individuals. The Company relies on key personnel to manage and operate its business, including major revenue generating functions such as loan and deposit generation. The loss of key staff may adversely affect the Company’s ability to maintain and manage these functions effectively, which could negatively affect the Company’s revenues. In addition, loss of key personnel could result in increased recruiting and hiring expenses, which could cause a decrease in the Company’s net income. The Company’s continued ability to compete effectively depends on its ability to attract new employees and to retain and motivate its existing employees.
 
Item 1B.   Unresolved Staff Comments
 
None
 
Item 2.   Properties
 
At December 31, 2006, the Bank conducted its business from its headquarters and main office located at 288 Union Street, Rockland, Massachusetts and fifty-one banking offices located within Barnstable, Bristol, Norfolk and Plymouth Counties in Southeastern Massachusetts and Cape Cod. In addition to its main office, the Bank owned twenty-one of its branches and leased the remaining thirty branches. All of the Bank’s properties are considered to be in good condition and adequate for the purpose for which they are used. In addition to these branch locations, the Bank had three remote ATM locations all of which were leased.
 
                         
    Banking
             
County
  Offices     ATM     Deposits  
                (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Barnstable
    15           $ 541,327  
Bristol
    3             78,381  
Norfolk
    5             175,098  
Plymouth
    29       3       1,295,538  
                         
Total
    52       3     $ 2,090,344  
 
The Bank conducted business in nine additional administrative locations. These locations housed executive, administrative, investment management, mortgage lending, consumer lending, commercial lending and back office support staff and warehouse space. The bank owned three of its administrative offices and leased the remaining six offices.
 
         
County
  Administrative Offices  
 
Barnstable
    1  
Bristol
    2  
Norfolk
    1  
Plymouth
    5  
         
Total
    9  
 
For additional information regarding our premises and equipment and lease obligations, see Notes 6 and 16, respectively, to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 hereof.


19


Table of Contents

 
Item 3.   Legal Proceedings
 
The Company expects that the federal judge presiding over the pending case known as Rockland Trust Company v. Computer Associates International, Inc., United States District Court for the District of Massachusetts Civil Action No. 95-11683-DPW, will issue a final trial court decision, in the form of Findings Of Fact and Conclusions Of Law, sometime soon. The case arises from a 1991 License Agreement (the “Agreement”) between the Bank and Computer Associates International, Inc. (“CA”) for an integrated system of banking software products.
 
In July 1995 the Bank filed a Complaint against CA in federal court in Boston which asserted claims for breach of the Agreement, breach of express warranty, breach of the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing, fraud, and for unfair and deceptive practices in violation of section 11 of Chapter 93A of the Massachusetts General Laws (the “93A Claim”). The Bank is seeking damages of at least $1.23 million from CA. If the Bank prevails on the 93A Claim, it shall be entitled to recover its attorney fees and costs and may also recover double or triple damages. CA asserted a Counterclaim against the Bank for breach of the Agreement. CA seeks to recover damages of at least $1.1 million from the Bank.
 
The non-jury trial of the case was conducted in January 2001. The trial concluded with post-trial submissions to and argument before the court in February 2001. The court has not yet rendered a decision.
 
The Company has considered the potential impact of this case, and all cases pending in the normal course of business, when preparing its financial statements. While the trial court decision may affect the Company’s operating results for the quarter in which the decision is rendered in either a favorable or unfavorable manner, the final outcome of this case will not likely have any material, long-term impact on the Company’s financial condition.
 
In addition to the foregoing, the Company is involved in routine legal proceedings occurring in the ordinary course of business which in the aggregate are believed by us to be immaterial to our financial condition and results of operations.
 
Item 4.   Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders
 
There were no matters submitted to a vote of our security holders in the fourth quarter of 2006.


20


Table of Contents

 
PART II
 
Item 5.   Market for Independent Bank Corp.’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
 
(a.) Independent Bank Corp.’s common stock trades on the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation System (“NASDAQ”) under the symbol INDB. The Company declared cash dividends of $0.64 per share in 2006 and $0.60 per share in 2005. The ratio of dividends paid to earnings in 2006 and 2005 was 29.1% and 27.8%, respectively.
 
Payment of dividends by the Company on its common stock is subject to various regulatory restrictions and guidelines. Since substantially all of the funds available for the payment of dividends are derived from the Bank, future dividends will depend on the earnings of the Bank, its financial condition, its need for funds, applicable governmental policies and regulations, and other such matters as the Board of Directors deem appropriate. Management believes that the Bank will continue to generate adequate earnings to continue to pay dividends on a quarterly basis.
 
The following schedule summarizes the closing price range of common stock and the cash dividends paid for the fiscal years 2006 and 2005.
 
Table 1 — Price Range of Common Stock
 
                         
2006
  High     Low     Dividend  
 
4th Quarter
  $ 36.91     $ 31.60     $ 0.16  
3rd Quarter
    34.59       31.34       0.16  
2nd Quarter
    32.98       29.91       0.16  
1st Quarter
    32.33       28.52       0.16  
 
                         
2005
  High     Low     Dividend  
 
4th Quarter
  $ 30.20     $ 26.98     $ 0.15  
3rd Quarter
    31.53       28.20       0.15  
2nd Quarter
    29.52       25.31       0.15  
1st Quarter
    33.20       28.34       0.15  
 
As of December 31, 2006 there were 14,686,481 shares of common stock outstanding which were held by approximately 1,268 holders of record. The closing price of the Company’s stock on December 29, 2006 (the last trading day of calendar year 2006) was $36.03. The number of record holders may not reflect the number of persons or entities holding stock in nominee name through banks, brokerage firms and other nominees.
 
The information required by S-K Item 201 (d) is incorporated by reference from Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters hereof.


21


Table of Contents

 
Comparative Stock Performance Graph
 
The stock performance graph below and associated table compare the cumulative total shareholder return of the Company’s common stock from December 31, 2001 to December 31, 2006 with the cumulative total return of the NASDAQ Market Index (U.S. Companies) and the NASDAQ Bank Stock Index. The lines in the graph and the numbers in the table below represent monthly index levels derived from compounded daily returns that include reinvestment or retention of all dividends. If the monthly interval, based on the fiscal year end was not a trading day, the preceding trading day was used. The index value for all of the series was set to 100.00 on December 31, 2001 (which assumes that $100.00 was invested in each of the series on December 31, 2001).
 
Independent Bank Corp.
 
Total Return Performance
 
(Performance Graph)
 
                                                 
    Period Ending  
Index
  12/31/01     12/31/02     12/31/03     12/31/04     12/31/05     12/31/06  
 
Independent Bank Corp. 
    100.00       108.33       137.35       166.87       144.07       185.57  
NASDAQ Composite
    100.00       68.76       103.67       113.16       115.57       127.58  
SNL NASDAQ Bank Index
    100.00       102.85       132.76       152.16       147.52       165.62  
 
Source: SNL Financial LC, Charlottesville, VA
© 2007
 
On January 19, 2006 the Company’s Board of Directors approved a common stock repurchase program. Under the program, which was effective immediately, the Company was authorized to repurchase up to 800,000 shares, or approximately 5% of the Company’s outstanding common stock. During the quarter ended September 30, 2006, the Company completed its repurchase plan with a total of 800,000 shares of common stock repurchased at a weighted average share price of $31.04. Additional information about the repurchase program is set forth in Part II, Item 5(c.) hereof.
 
On December 14, 2006, the Company’s Board of Directors approved another common stock repurchase program. Under the program, which was effective immediately, the Company is authorized to repurchase up to 1,000,000 shares, or approximately 7% of the Company’s outstanding common stock. The Company placed no


22


Table of Contents

deadline on the repurchase program, but expects to make open market or privately negotiated purchases from time to time. The timing and amount of stock repurchases will depend upon market conditions, securities law limitations, and other corporate considerations. The repurchase program may be modified, suspended, or terminated by the Board of Directors at any time.
 
(b.) Not applicable
 
(c.) The following table sets forth information with respect to any purchase made by or on behalf of Independent Bank Corp. or any “affiliated purchaser,” as defined in 204.10b-18(a)(3) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, of shares of Independent Bank Corp. common stock during the indicated periods:
 
Table 2 — Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
 
                                 
                Total Number of Shares
    Maximum Number of
 
          Weighted
    Purchased as Part of
    Shares That May Yet be
 
    Total Number of
    Average Price Paid
    Publicly Announced Plans
    Purchased Under the
 
Period
  Shares Purchased     per Share     or Programs     Plans or Programs(1)  
 
January 1st — 31st, 2006
    43,700     $ 29.56       43,700       756,300  
February 1st — 28th, 2006
    81,500     $ 29.42       81,500       674,800  
March 1st — 31st, 2006
    68,100     $ 30.67       68,100       606,700  
April 1st — 30th, 2006
    196,450     $ 31.30       196,450       410,250  
May 1st — May 31st, 2006
    160,286     $ 31.63       160,286       249,964  
June 1st — June 30th, 2006
    161,800     $ 31.07       161,800       88,164  
July 1st — July 31st, 2006
    75,000     $ 31.62       75,000       13,164  
August 1st — August 31st, 2006
    13,164     $ 33.09       13,164        
September 1st — September 30th, 2006
                       
October 1st — October 31st, 2006
                       
November 1st — November 30th, 2006
                       
December 1st — December 31st, 2006
                      1,000,000  
                                 
Total
    800,000     $ 31.04       800,000       1,000,000  
                                 
 
 
(1) On January 19, 2006, the Company announced a common stock repurchase program to repurchase up to 800,000 shares. On December 14, 2006, the Company announced another common stock repurchase program to repurchase up to 1,000,000 shares. The Company placed no deadline on the repurchase programs. There were no shares purchased other than through a publicly announced plan or program.


23


Table of Contents

 
Item 6.   Selected Financial Data
 
The selected consolidated financial and other data of the Company set forth below does not purport to be complete and should be read in conjunction with, and is qualified in its entirety by, the more detailed information, including the Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes, appearing elsewhere herein.
 
                                         
    As of or For the Years Ended December 31,  
    2006     2005     2004     2003     2002  
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)  
 
FINANCIAL CONDITION DATA:
                                       
Securities available for sale
  $ 417,088     $ 581,516     $ 680,286     $ 527,507     $ 501,828  
Securities held to maturity
    76,747       104,268       107,967       121,894       149,071  
Loans
    2,024,909       2,040,808       1,916,358       1,581,135       1,431,602  
Allowance for loan losses
    26,815       26,639       25,197       23,163       21,387  
Total assets
    2,828,919       3,041,685       2,943,926       2,436,755       2,285,372  
Total deposits
    2,090,344       2,205,494       2,060,235       1,783,338       1,688,732  
Total borrowings(1)
    493,649       587,810       655,161       415,369       362,155  
Corporation-obligated manditorily redeemable Trust Preferred Securities(1)
                      47,857       47,774  
Stockholders’ equity
    229,783       228,152       210,743       171,847       161,242  
Non-performing loans
    6,979       3,339       2,702       3,514       3,077  
Non-performing assets
    7,169       3,339       2,702       3,514       3,077  
OPERATING DATA:
                                       
Interest income
  $ 167,693     $ 155,661     $ 134,613     $ 128,306     $ 140,825  
Interest expense(1)
    65,038       49,818       36,797       32,533       40,794  
Net interest income
    102,655       105,843       97,816       95,773       100,031  
Provision for loan losses
    2,335       4,175       3,018       3,420       4,650  
Non-interest income
    26,644       27,273       28,355       27,794       22,644  
Non-interest expenses
    79,354       80,615       77,691       73,827       75,625  
Minority interest expense(1)
                1,072       4,353       5,041  
Net income
    32,851       33,205       30,767       26,431       25,066  
Net income available to common shareholders
    32,851       33,205       30,767       26,431       23,561  
PER SHARE DATA:
                                       
Net income — Basic
  $ 2.20     $ 2.16     $ 2.06     $ 1.82     $ 1.63  
Net income — Diluted
    2.17       2.14       2.03       1.79       1.61  
Cash dividends declared
    0.64       0.60       0.56       0.52       0.48  
Book value(2)
    15.65       14.81       13.75       11.75       11.15  
Tangible book value per share(3)
    11.80       11.12       10.01       9.27       8.64  
OPERATING RATIOS:
                                       
Return on average assets(4)
    1.12 %     1.11 %     1.13 %     1.11 %     1.12 %
Return on average equity(4)
    14.60 %     15.10 %     16.27 %     15.89 %     17.26 %
Net interest margin (on a fully tax equivalent basis)
    3.85 %     3.88 %     3.95 %     4.40 %     4.88 %
Equity to assets
    8.12 %     7.50 %     7.16 %     7.05 %     7.06 %
Dividend payout ratio
    29.10 %     27.79 %     27.23 %     28.64 %     27.67 %


24


Table of Contents

                                         
    As of or For the Years Ended December 31,  
    2006     2005     2004     2003     2002  
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)  
 
ASSET QUALITY RATIOS:
                                       
Non-performing loans as a percent of gross loans
    0.34 %     0.16 %     0.14 %     0.22 %     0.21 %
Non-performing assets as a percent of total assets
    0.25 %     0.11 %     0.09 %     0.14 %     0.13 %
Allowance for loan losses as a percent of total loans
    1.32 %     1.31 %     1.31 %     1.46 %     1.49 %
Allowance for loan losses as a percent of non-performing loans
    384.22 %     797.81 %     932.53 %     659.16 %     695.06 %
Total allowance for loan losses as a percent of total loans(5)
    1.32 %     1.31 %     1.31 %     1.46 %     1.53 %
Total allowance for loan losses as a percent of non-performing loans(5)
    384.22 %     797.81 %     932.53 %     659.16 %     711.89 %
CAPITAL RATIOS:
                                       
Tier 1 leverage capital ratio
    8.05 %     7.71 %     7.06 %     7.60 %     7.10 %
Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio
    11.05 %     10.74 %     10.19 %     11.00 %     10.37 %
Total risk-based capital ratio
    12.30 %     11.99 %     11.44 %     12.25 %     11.68 %
 
 
(1) Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Interpretation (“FIN”) No. 46 Revised, “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities — an Interpretation of Accounting Research Bulletin No. 51” (“FIN 46R”) required the Company to deconsolidate its two subsidiary trusts (Independent Capital Trust III and Independent Capital Trust IV) on March 31, 2004. The result of deconsolidating these subsidiary trusts is that trust preferred securities of the trusts, which were classified between liabilities and equity on the balance sheet (mezzanine section), no longer appear on the consolidated balance sheet of the Company. The related minority interest expense also is no longer included in the consolidated statement of income. Due to FIN 46R, the junior subordinated debentures of the parent company that were previously eliminated in consolidation are now included on the consolidated balance sheet within total borrowings. The interest expense on the junior subordinated debentures is included in the calculation of net interest margin of the consolidated company, negatively impacting the net interest margin by approximately 0.13% for the twelve months ending December 31, 2004 on an annualized basis and 0.16% for the fiscal years to follow. There is no impact on net income as the amount of interest previously recognized as minority interest is equal to the amount of interest expense that is recognized currently in the net interest margin offset by the dividend income on the subsidiary trusts common stock recognized in other non-interest income.
 
(2) Calculated by dividing total stockholders’ equity by the net outstanding shares as of the end of each period.
 
(3) Calculated by dividing stockholders’ equity less goodwill and core deposit intangible by the net outstanding shares as of the end of each period.
 
(4) Calculated using net income which excludes the after-tax write-off of trust preferred issuance costs in 2002.
 
(5) Including credit quality discount for the year 2002.
 
Item 7.   Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
 
Independent Bank Corp. (the “Company”) is a state chartered, federally registered bank holding company headquartered in Rockland, Massachusetts incorporated in 1985. The Company is the sole stockholder of Rockland Trust Company (“Rockland” or “the Bank”), a Massachusetts trust company chartered in 1907. During 2006 the Company was also the sponsor of Delaware statutory trusts named Independent Capital Trust III (“Trust III”), Independent Capital Trust IV (“Trust IV”), and Independent Capital Trust V (“Trust V”), which were each formed to issue trust preferred securities. Trust III was dissolved on December 31, 2006 and the Company intends to

25


Table of Contents

dissolve Trust IV on April 30, 2007 upon the redemption of all of the outstanding trust preferred securities of Trust IV on that date. Trust III, Trust IV, and Trust V are not included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements (see Note 8, “Borrowings” within Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements hereof).
 
As of December 31, 2006 the Bank had the following corporate subsidiaries, all of which were wholly-owned by the Bank and were included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements:
 
  •  Four Massachusetts security corporations, namely Rockland Borrowing Collateral Securities Corp., Rockland IMG Collateral Securities Corp., Rockland Deposit Collateral Securities Corp., and Taunton Avenue Securities Corp., which hold securities, loans, industrial development bonds and other qualifying assets, and;
 
  •  Rockland Trust Community Development Corporation (the “Parent CDE”) which, in turn, has two wholly-owned corporate subsidiaries named Rockland Trust Community Development LLC (“RTC CDE I”) and Rockland Trust Community Development Corporation II (“RTC CDE II”). The Parent CDE, CDE I, and CDE II were all formed to qualify as community development entities under federal New Markets Tax Credit Program criteria.
 
During 2006 the Bank also had wholly-owned subsidiaries named RTC Securities Corp., RTC Securities Corp. X, and Taunton Avenue Inc. that were dissolved prior to the end of 2006.
 
All material intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. When necessary, certain amounts in prior year financial statements have been reclassified to conform to the current year’s presentation. The following should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes thereto.
 
Executive Level Overview
 
The Company’s results of operations are largely dependent on net interest income, which is the difference between the interest earned on loans and securities and interest paid on deposits and borrowings. The results of operations are also affected by fee income derived from loans, deposits, mortgage banking, and investment management activities, as well as operating expenses, the provision for loan losses, the impact of federal and state income taxes, and the relative levels of interest rates and economic activity.
 
The Company reported earnings of $32.9 million for 2006 representing a decrease of $354,000, or 1.1%, from 2005. Net interest income in 2006 decreased from 2005 by $3.2 million, and included a $995,000 charge associated with the write-off of unamortized debt issuance costs from the refinancing of trust preferred securities. Growth in fee income arising from deposit service charges and investment management along with a reduction in the provision for loan losses served to largely offset the decrease in net interest income and modest growth in non-interest expense categories.
 
2006 represented a continuation and acceleration of management’s strategy to alter the overall composition of the Company’s earning assets. Since mid 2004 the Company has focused on commercial and home equity lending, while de-emphasizing securities purchases, residential real estate portfolio lending, and indirect auto lending. This asset focus, combined with prudent decision-making in the prevailing interest rate environment, has led the Company to shrink its balance sheet, while changing the overall structure of the Company’s assets and liabilities. Over the last two years the Company’s securities portfolio has aggressively decreased by $300.9 million (now 19.8% of earning assets, whereas at December 31, 2004 they were 29.9%), consumer auto loans have decreased by $77.1 million (10.2% of loans now, whereas at December 31, 2004 they were 14.8%) and residential real estate loans have decreased by $48.3 million. The decreases in these three asset categories represent an overall decrease of $426.3 million in earning assets over the last two years, most of which was in 2006, a decrease which has been partially offset by growth in the commercial and home equity loan categories.


26


Table of Contents

 
The following graph depicts the historical U.S. Treasury yield curve as of December 31, for the years 2004 — 2006.
 
Historical U.S. Treasury Yield Curve
 
(LINE GRAPH)
 
A yield curve is a graphic line chart that shows interest rates at a specific point for all securities having equal risk, but different maturity dates.1 A flat yield curve is one in which there is little difference between short-term and long-term rates for bonds of the same credit quality. When short- and long-term bonds are offering equivalent yields, there is usually little benefit in holding the longer-term instruments — that is, the investor does not gain any excess compensation for the risks associated with holding longer-term securities. For example, a flat yield curve on U.S. Treasury Securities would be one in which the yield on a two-year bond is 5% and the yield on a 30-year bond is 5.1%.2
 
The following pie charts depict the continuing shift in the composition of earning assets by type as a percent of total earning assets for the time periods indicated below:
 
Earning Asset Profile
 
(PIE GRAPH)
 
Deposits decreased in 2006 by $115.2 million, or 5.2%, particularly in the more expensive deposit categories. Management remains committed to generating core deposits with careful management of deposit pricing and
 
 
1 The Free Dictionary.com
2  Investopedia.com


27


Table of Contents

selective deposit promotion in an effort to control the Company’s cost of funds. Competition for deposit generation in the Company’s geographic footprint, however, is expected to remain strong.
 
While changes in the prevailing interest rate environment (See Historical U.S. Treasury Yield Curve graph above) have and will continue to have an impact on the level of the Company’s earnings, management strives to mitigate volatility in net interest income resulting from changes in benchmark interest rates by adjustable rate asset generation, effective liability management, and utilization of off-balance sheet interest rate derivatives. (For a discussion of interest rate derivatives and interest rate sensitivity see the Asset/Liability section and Market Risk section and Table 19 — “Interest Rate Sensitivity” within the Market Risk section of the Management Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations). The following table shows the Company’s net interest margin stability during a period of increasing rates since mid 2004. Management is focused on maintaining this net interest margin performance and expects a range of 3.80% to 3.90% in 2007.
 
Net Interest Margin (FTE) December 2006
 
(PERFORMANCE GRAPH)
 
Non-performing assets increased at December 31, 2006 to $7.2 million, or 0.25%, of total assets, as compared to $3.3 million, or 0.11%, of total assets at December 31, 2005. While non-performing assets increased from historically low levels, the Company considers non-performing assets balances well within acceptable parameters. The Company’s allowance for loan losses has increased to 132 basis points at December 31, 2006 from 131 basis points at December 31, 2005 and 2004. Net charge-offs remained low at 11 basis points of average loans, as compared to 14 basis points in 2005.


28


Table of Contents

 
The following graph depicts the Company’s non-performing assets and the ratio of non-performing assets as a percentage of assets at the periods indicated:
 
Non-Performance Assets
(Dollars in Millions)
 
(Performance Graph)
 
The Company’s significant accomplishments during 2006 included:
 
  •  Being honored by the United States Treasury, for the second time, with an award of tax credit allocation authority under the federal New Markets Tax Credit program. The Company’s community development subsidiary was the only Massachusetts-based bank subsidiary to receive a New Markets Tax Credit award in 2006, a year in which only fourteen bank subsidiaries nationwide were so honored. The $45 million award enables the Company’s community development subsidiary to offer loans on preferential terms and conditions to qualified businesses in low income communities in Southeastern Massachusetts and Rhode Island and the Company to begin recognizing the associated $17.6 million in tax credits over a 7 year period;
 
  •  Opening a new commercial banking office in New Bedford, Massachusetts, staffed by two new seasoned bankers from that market;
 
  •  Enhancing fee income generation and deposit-gathering capabilities by signing an agreement to acquire the assets of Compass Exchange Advisors LLC. At the January 2, 2007 closing of that transaction the Company established a wholly-owned subsidiary to offer qualified intermediary, like-kind exchange services pursuant to Internal Revenue Code §1031 to corporate, institutional, and individual property owners;
 
  •  Strengthening sales capabilities by adding six net new experienced commercial bankers across the Bank;
 
  •  Introducing Savings Bank Life Insurance products;
 
  •  Increasing assets under management in our Investment Management Group to over $815 million — a 20% increase from the end of 2005 — and increasing revenues.
 
During 2006 the Company also continued to manage capital in a disciplined and prudent manner, as evidenced by:
 
  •  Completing a common stock repurchase program with the buy-back of 800,000 common shares of stock at a weighted average share price of $31.04;
 
  •  Beginning another common stock repurchase program for the repurchase of up to 1.0 million common shares of stock;
 
  •  Refinancing the Company’s Trust Preferred Securities commencing late in the fourth quarter of 2006 and to be completed in the second quarter of 2007, saving approximately $1.0 million in interest expense, on an annualized basis, beginning in 2007; and,
 
  •  Increasing the annual dividend to $0.64 per share, a 6.7% increase.


29


Table of Contents

 
Management’s balance sheet strategy in 2007 will again emphasize commercial and home equity lending while continuing the themes of 2005 and 2006 — prudent earning asset and liability management and disciplined use of shareholder capital. Management is focused on the long-term and in maintaining our strong profitability performance as measured by return on average assets (“ROA”) and return on average equity (“ROE”). The Company reported ROA and ROE in 2006 of 1.12% and 14.6%, respectively. Management expects ROA and ROE performance in 2007 to be approximately 1.10% and 13-14%, respectively.
 
The Company is well positioned as 2007 begins. Management anticipates, however, that the interest rate environment will make 2007 another challenging year for the entire banking industry.
 
Critical Accounting Policies
 
Critical accounting policies are defined as those that are reflective of significant judgments and uncertainties, and could potentially result in materially different results under different assumptions and conditions. We believe that our most critical accounting policies upon which our financial condition depends, and which involve the most complex or subjective decisions or assessments are as follows:
 
Allowance for Loan Losses:  The Company’s allowance for loan losses provides for probable losses based upon evaluations of known and inherent risks in the loan portfolio. Arriving at an appropriate amount of allowance for loan losses involves a high degree of judgment.
 
The Company makes use of two types of allowances for loan losses: specific and general. A specific allowance may be assigned to a loan that is considered to be impaired. Loan impairment is determined based upon management’s identification and evaluation of problem loans and is recognized when the Company deems that the timely collection of all principal and/or interest payments that are contractually due is no longer assured. Judgment is required as to the timing of designating a loan as impaired and the amount of the required specific allowance. Management’s judgment is based upon its assessment of probability of default, loss given default and exposure at default. Changes in these estimates could be due to a number of circumstances which may have a direct impact on the provision for loan losses and may result in changes to the amount of allowance.
 
The general allowance is determined based upon management’s judgment and its amount is dependent upon the prevailing business environment; as it is affected by changing economic conditions and various external factors, which may impact the portfolio in ways currently unforeseen, as well as historical and expected loss information, loan portfolio composition and other relevant indicators. The allowance is increased by provisions for loan losses and by recoveries of loans previously charged-off and is reduced by loans charged-off. For a full discussion of the Company’s methodology of assessing the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses, see the Allowance for Loan Losses and Provision for Loan Losses sections within the Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations to follow.
 
Income Taxes:  The Company estimates income tax expense based on the amount it expects to owe various tax authorities. Taxes are discussed in more detail in Note 11, “Income Taxes” within Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 hereof. Accrued taxes represent the net estimated amount due to or to be received from taxing authorities in the current year. In estimating accrued taxes, management assesses the relative merits and risks of the appropriate tax treatment of transactions taking into account statutory, judicial and regulatory guidance in the context of our tax position. Deferred tax assets/liabilities represent differences between when a tax benefit or expense is recognized for book purposes and on the Company’s tax return. Future tax assets are assessed for recoverability. The Company would record a valuation allowance if it believes based on available evidence, that it is more likely than not that the future tax assets recognized will not be realized before their expiration. The amount of the future income tax asset recognized and considered realizable could be reduced if projected income is not achieved due to various factors such as unfavorable business conditions. If projected income is not expected to be achieved, the Company would record a valuation allowance to reduce its future tax assets to the amount that it believes can be realized in its future tax returns. The Company has no recorded tax valuation allowance as of December 31, 2006. Additionally, deferred tax assets/liabilities are calculated based on tax rates expected to be in effect in future periods. Previously recorded tax assets and liabilities need to be adjusted when the expected date of the future event is revised based upon current information.


30


Table of Contents

 
Valuation of Goodwill/Intangible Assets and Analysis for Impairment:   Independent Bank Corp. in part has increased its market share through the acquisition of entire financial institutions accounted for under the purchase method of accounting, as well as from the acquisition of branches (not the entire institution) and other non-banking entities. For acquisitions accounted for under the purchase method and the acquisition of branches, the Company is required to record assets acquired and liabilities assumed at their fair value which is an estimate determined by the use of internal or other valuation techniques. These valuation estimates result in goodwill and other intangible assets. Goodwill is subject to ongoing periodic impairment tests and is evaluated using various fair value techniques including multiples of price/equity and price/earnings ratios. As a result of such impairment testing conducted in 2006 the Company determined goodwill was not impaired.
 
Financial Position
 
The Company’s total assets decreased by $212.8 million, or 7.0%, from $3.0 billion at December 31, 2005 to $2.8 billion at December 31, 2006. Total average assets were $2.9 billion and $3.0 billion in 2006 and 2005, respectively. These decreases are due to intentional decreases in the Company’s securities portfolio and certain loan categories due to a combination of the flat yield curve environment and the profitability characteristics of these asset classes. Total securities of $517.3 million, at December 31, 2006, decreased $199.3 million compared to the $716.6 million reported on December 31, 2005 due to the yield curve environment that persisted throughout 2006. Total loans of $2.0 billion, at December 31, 2006 decreased $15.9 million compared to the prior year ended December 31, 2005. Total deposits decreased by $115.2 million, or 5.2%, due to certain expensive deposit categories, such as money market, which were intentionally decreased in accordance with the funding needs of a smaller balance sheet. Total borrowings decreased by $94.2 million, or 16.0%, as excess cash flow from the securities portfolio and certain loan categories were used to decrease wholesale borrowings. Stockholders’ equity increased by $1.6 million in 2006. The increase was due to net income of $32.9 million, proceeds from stock option exercises of $1.3 million, a net decrease in unrealized losses on securities of $2.6 million, offset by stock repurchases of $24.8 million, dividends declared of $9.5 million, and the net decrease in the fair value of derivatives of $909,000. During 2004, the Company completed the acquisition of Falmouth Bancorp, Inc., parent of Falmouth Co-Operative Bank (“Falmouth”) resulting in total assets acquired of $158.4 million, total liabilities assumed of $141.6 million, or $16.8 million of net assets.
 
Loan Portfolio  Management continues to focus on changing the overall composition of the balance sheet by emphasizing the commercial and home equity lending categories while placing less emphasis on indirect auto lending, portfolio residential lending, and the securities portfolio. While changing the overall structure of the Company’s assets and liabilities has led to a smaller balance sheet and has slowed earnings growth, management believes it is prudent in the current interest rate environment. At December 31, 2006, the Bank’s loan portfolio amounted to $2.0 billion, a decrease of $15.9 million, or 0.8%, from year-end 2005. This decrease was primarily in the categories of consumer auto, which decreased $56.3 million, or 21.4%, and residential real estate which decreased in total by $44.2 million, or 10.0%. These intentional decreases were offset by growth mainly in the emphasized lending segments of commercial real estate loans which increased $57.3 million, or 8.4%, and consumer home equity loans which increased $25.2 million, or 10.0%. Commercial and industrial loans and business banking loans also experienced growth of $19.3 million, or 12.4%, and $8.5 million, or 16.6%, respectively, while the consumer other lending category decreased $4.7 million, or 8.7%, and commercial construction loans decreased $21.0 million, or 14.9%.
 
In accordance with governing banking statutes, Rockland is permitted, with certain exceptions, to make loans and commitments to any one borrower, including related entities, in the aggregate amount of not more than 20% of the Bank’s stockholders’ equity, which is the “Bank’s legal lending limit” or $53.3 million at December 31, 2006. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Bank has established a more restrictive limit of not more than 75% of the Bank’s legal lending limit, or $40.0 million at December 31, 2006, which may only be exceeded with the approval of the Board of Directors. There were no borrowers whose total indebtedness in aggregate exceeded $40.0 million as of December 31, 2006.


31


Table of Contents

 
The following table sets forth information concerning the composition of the Bank’s loan portfolio by loan type at the dates indicated.
 
Table 3 — Loan Portfolio Composition
 
                                                                                 
    At December 31,  
    2006     2005     2004     2003     2002  
    Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Commercial and Industrial
  $ 174,356       8.6 %   $ 155,081       7.6 %   $ 156,260       8.2 %   $ 161,675       10.2 %   $ 143,074       10.0 %
Commercial Real Estate
    740,517       36.5 %     683,240       33.5 %     613,300       32.0 %     564,890       35.7 %     511,102       35.7 %
Commercial Construction
    119,685       5.9 %     140,643       6.9 %     126,632       6.6 %     75,380       4.8 %     49,113       3.4 %
Business Banking
    59,910       3.0 %     51,373       2.5 %     43,673       2.3 %     27,807       1.8 %     22,717       1.6 %
Residential Real Estate
    378,368       18.7 %     428,343       21.0 %     427,556       22.3 %     324,052       20.5 %     281,452       19.7 %
Residential Construction
    7,277       0.4 %     8,316       0.4 %     7,316       0.4 %     9,633       0.6 %     10,258       0.7 %
Residential Loans Held for Sale(1)
    11,859       0.6 %     5,021       0.2 %     10,933       0.6 %     1,471       0.1 %           0.0 %
Consumer — Home Equity
    277,015       13.7 %     251,852       12.4 %     194,647       10.2 %     132,629       8.4 %     109,122       7.6 %
Consumer — Auto
    206,845       10.2 %     263,179       12.9 %     283,964       14.8 %     240,504       15.2 %     265,690       18.6 %
Consumer — Other
    49,077       2.4 %     53,760       2.6 %     52,077       2.7 %     43,094       2.7 %     39,074       2.7 %
                                                                                 
                     
                     
Gross Loans
    2,024,909       100.0 %     2,040,808       100.0 %     1,916,358       100.0 %     1,581,135       100.0 %     1,431,602       100.0 %
                                                                                 
Allowance for Loan Losses
    26,815               26,639               25,197               23,163               21,387          
                                                                                 
Net Loans
  $ 1,998,094             $ 2,014,169             $ 1,891,161             $ 1,557,972             $ 1,410,215          
                                                                                 
 
 
(1) 2002 Residential Loans Held for Sale are classified within Residential Real Estate.
 
At December 31, 2006, $174.4 million, or 8.6%, of the Bank’s gross loan portfolio consisted of commercial and industrial loans, compared to $155.1 million, or 7.6%, at December 31, 2005. The Bank’s commercial revolving lines of credit generally are for the purpose of providing working capital to borrowers and may be secured or unsecured. At December 31, 2006, the Bank had $94.6 million outstanding under commercial revolving lines of credit compared to $81.9 million at December 31, 2005, and $151.6 million of unused commitments under such lines at December 31, 2006 compared to $160.2 million in the prior year. As of December 31, 2006, the Bank had $8.3 million in outstanding commitments pursuant to commercial and standby letters of credit compared to $8.9 million at December 31, 2005. Floor plan loans, which are included in commercial and industrial loans, and are secured by the automobiles, boats, or other vehicles constituting the dealer’s inventory, amounted to $14.1 million as of December 31, 2006 compared to $14.2 million at the prior year-end.
 
The Company’s business banking initiative caters to the banking needs of businesses with commercial credit needs of less than $250,000 and revenues of less than $2.5 million. Business banking loans totaled $59.9 million, representing 3.0%, of the total loan portfolio during the year ended December 31, 2006, compared to $51.4 million, or 2.5% at December 31, 2005. The Bank had unused business lines of credit of $36.1 million at December 31, 2006 compared to $35.3 million at December 31, 2005.
 
Total real estate loans of $1.3 billion comprised 62.1% of gross loans at December 31, 2006, which is consistent with the $1.3 billion, or 62.0%, of gross loans at December 31, 2005, however the composition of real estate loans has changed. The Bank’s real estate loan portfolio included $740.5 million in commercial real estate loans at December 31, 2006. This category reflected increases over last year of $57.3 million, or 8.4%. Commercial construction loans of $119.7 million decreased by $21.0 million, or 14.9%, compared to year-end 2005. Residential real estate loans, including residential construction and residential loans held for sale, which were $7.3 million and $11.9 million, respectively, at year-end 2006, decreased $44.2 million, or 10.0%, in 2006.
 
Consumer loans primarily consist of automobile, home equity, and other consumer loans. As of December 31, 2006, $532.9 million, or 26.3%, of the Bank’s gross loan portfolio, consisted of consumer loans compared to $568.8 million, or 27.9%, of the Bank’s gross loans at December 31, 2005. Home equity loans may be made as a term loan or under a revolving line of credit secured by a first or second mortgage on the borrower’s residence. Consumer home equity loans were $277.0 million, at December 31, 2006, an increase of $25.2 million, or 10.0%,


32


Table of Contents

since December 31, 2005 and represented 52.0% of the total consumer loan portfolio. As of December 31, 2006, there were $213.7 million in unused commitments under revolving home equity lines of credit compared to $199.3 million at December 31, 2005. As of December 31, 2006 and 2005, automobile loans were $206.8 million, representing 38.8%, and $263.2 million, representing 46.3%, respectively, of the Bank’s consumer loan portfolio. As of December 31, 2006, other consumer loans amounted to $49.1 million compared to $53.8 million as of December 31, 2005. These loans largely consisted of loans secured by recreational vehicles, motor homes, boats, mobile homes, and motorcycles and cash reserve loans. Cash reserve loans are designed to afford the Bank’s customers overdraft protection. Cash reserve loans are made pursuant to previously approved unsecured cash reserve lines of credit and the rate on these loans is subject to change due to market conditions. As of December 31, 2006 and 2005, $19.0 million and $19.5 million, respectively, had been committed but was unused under cash reserve lines of credit.
 
The following table sets forth the scheduled contractual amortization of the Bank’s loan portfolio at December 31, 2006. Loans having no schedule of repayments or no stated maturity are reported as due in one year or less. Adjustable rate mortgages are included in the adjustable rate category. The following table also sets forth the rate structure of loans scheduled to mature after one year.
 
Table 4 — Scheduled Contractual Loan Amortization At December 31, 2006
 
                                                                                         
          Commercial
                Residential
          Residential
    Consumer
                   
          Real
    Commercial
    Business
    Real
    Residential
    Held for
    Home
    Consumer
    Consumer
       
    Commercial     Estate     Construction     Banking     Estate     Construction     Sale     Equity     Auto     Other     Total  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Amounts due in:
                                                                                       
One year or less
  $ 122,365     $ 114,093     $ 67,610     $ 40,332     $ 14,812     $ 7,277     $ 11,859     $ 6,017     $ 64,335     $ 14,939     $ 463,639  
After one year through five years
    47,164       471,588       47,373       18,534       64,551                   24,782       139,495       18,071       831,558  
Beyond five years
    4,827       154,836       4,702       1,044       299,005                   246,216       3,015       16,067       729,712  
                                                                                         
Total
  $ 174,356     $ 740,517     $ 119,685     $ 59,910     $ 378,368     $ 7,277     $ 11,859     $ 277,015     $ 206,845     $ 49,077     $ 2,024,909  
                                                                                         
Interest rate terms on amounts due after one year:
                                                                                       
Fixed Rate
  $ 35,773     $ 563,536     $ 21,477     $ 19,578     $ 123,114     $     $     $ 74,971     $ 142,510     $ 34,138     $ 1,015,097  
Adjustable Rate
    16,218       62,888       30,598             240,442                   196,027                   546,173  
 
As of December 31, 2006, $204,000 of loans scheduled to mature within one year were nonperforming.
 
Generally, the actual maturity of loans is substantially shorter than their contractual maturity due to prepayments and, in the case of real estate loans, due-on-sale clauses, which generally gives the Bank the right to declare a loan immediately due and payable in the event that, among other things, the borrower sells the property subject to the mortgage and the loan is not repaid. The average life of real estate loans tends to increase when current real estate loan rates are higher than rates on mortgages in the portfolio and, conversely, tends to decrease when rates on mortgages in the portfolio are higher than current real estate loan rates. Under the latter scenario, the weighted average yield on the portfolio tends to decrease as higher yielding loans are repaid or refinanced at lower rates. Due to the fact that the Bank may, consistent with industry practice, “roll over” a significant portion of commercial and commercial real estate loans at or immediately prior to their maturity by renewing the loans on substantially similar or revised terms, the principal repayments actually received by the Bank are anticipated to be significantly less than the amounts contractually due in any particular period. In addition, a loan, or a portion of a loan, may not be repaid due to the borrower’s inability to satisfy the contractual obligations of the loan.
 
Residential mortgage loans originated for sale are classified as held for sale. These loans are specifically identified and carried at the lower of aggregate cost or estimated market value. Forward commitments to sell residential real estate mortgages are contracts that the Bank enters into for the purpose of reducing the market risk associated with originating loans for sale should interest rates change. Forward commitments to sell as well as commitments to originate rate-locked loans intended for sale are recorded at fair value.
 
During 2006 and 2005, the Bank originated residential loans with the intention of selling these loans in the secondary market. Loans are sold both with servicing rights released and servicing rights retained. Loans originated


33


Table of Contents

and sold with servicing rights released were $160.9 million and $171.3 million in 2006 and 2005, respectively. Loans originated and sold with servicing rights retained were $8.0 million and $20.1 million in 2006 and 2005, respectively.
 
The principal balance of loans serviced by the Bank on behalf of investors amounted to $292.9 million at December 31, 2006 and $336.5 million at December 31, 2005. The fair value of the servicing rights associated with these loans was $2.4 million and $2.9 million as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
 
Asset Quality  Rockland Trust Company actively manages all delinquent loans in accordance with formally drafted policies and established procedures. In addition, Rockland Trust Company’s Board of Directors reviews delinquency statistics, by loan type, on a monthly basis.
 
Delinquency  The Bank’s philosophy toward managing its loan portfolios is predicated upon careful monitoring which stresses early detection and response to delinquent and default situations. The Bank seeks to make arrangements to resolve any delinquent or default situation over the shortest possible time frame. Generally, the Bank requires that a delinquency notice be mailed to a borrower upon expiration of a grace period (typically no longer than 15 days beyond the due date). Reminder notices and telephone calls may be issued prior to the expiration of the grace period. If the delinquent status is not resolved within a reasonable time frame following the mailing of a delinquency notice, the Bank’s personnel charged with managing its loan portfolios, contacts the borrower to ascertain the reasons for delinquency and the prospects for payment. Any subsequent actions taken to resolve the delinquency will depend upon the nature of the loan and the length of time that the loan has been delinquent. The borrower’s needs are considered as much as reasonably possible without jeopardizing the Bank’s position. A late charge is usually assessed on loans upon expiration of the grace period.
 
On loans secured by one-to-four family, owner-occupied properties, the Bank attempts to work out an alternative payment schedule with the borrower in order to avoid foreclosure action. If such efforts do not result in a satisfactory arrangement, the loan is referred to legal counsel whereupon counsel initiates foreclosure proceedings. At any time prior to a sale of the property at foreclosure, the Bank may and will terminate foreclosure proceedings if the borrower is able to work out a satisfactory payment plan. On loans secured by commercial real estate or other business assets, the Bank similarly seeks to reach a satisfactory payment plan so as to avoid foreclosure or liquidation.
 
The following table sets forth a summary of certain delinquency information as of the dates indicated:
 
Table 5 — Summary of Delinquency Information
 
                                                                 
    At December 31, 2006     At December 31, 2005  
    60-89 days     90 days or more     60-89 days     90 days or more  
    Number
    Principal
    Number
    Principal
    Number
    Principal
    Number
    Principal
 
    of Loans     Balance     of Loans     Balance     of Loans     Balance     of Loans     Balance  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Commercial and Industrial
    6     $ 1,173       6     $ 528       2     $ 24       4     $ 209  
Commercial Real Estate
    1       104       3       538       3       2,892       2       288  
Commercial Construction
                                               
Business Banking
    3       86       6       74       5       97       3       47  
Residential Real Estate
    4       621       3       1,409       4       1,337       2       373  
Residential Construction
                                               
Consumer — Home Equity
    1       16       7       345                          
Consumer — Auto
    68       553       62       676       65       597       61       572  
Consumer — Other
    11       67       23       199       18       112       17       110  
                                                                 
Total
    94     $ 2,620       110     $ 3,769       97     $ 5,059       89     $ 1,599  
                                                                 
 
Delinquencies have increased in the 90 day category year over year mainly due to residential real estate and consumer home equity loans, all of which the Company believes to be well collateralized.


34


Table of Contents

 
Nonaccrual Loans  As permitted by banking regulations, consumer loans and home equity loans past due 90 days or more continue to accrue interest. In addition, certain commercial and real estate loans that are more than 90 days past due may be kept on an accruing status if the loan is well secured and in the process of collection. As a general rule, a commercial or real estate loan more than 90 days past due with respect to principal or interest is classified as a nonaccrual loan. Income accruals are suspended on all nonaccrual loans and all previously accrued and uncollected interest is reversed against current income. A loan remains on nonaccrual status until it becomes current with respect to principal and interest (and in certain instances remains current for up to three months), when the loan is liquidated, or when the loan is determined to be uncollectible it is charged-off against the allowance for loan losses.
 
Nonperforming Assets  Nonperforming assets are comprised of nonperforming loans, nonperforming securities and Other Real Estate Owned (“OREO”). Nonperforming loans consist of loans that are more than 90 days past due but still accruing interest and nonaccrual loans. OREO includes properties held by the Bank as a result of foreclosure or by acceptance of a deed in lieu of foreclosure. As of December 31, 2006, nonperforming assets totaled $7.2 million, an increase of $3.8 million from the prior year-end. The overall increase in nonperforming assets is attributable mainly to increases in nonperforming loans shown in the commercial mortgage loan category and, to a lesser extent, in the term loan, residential mortgage and home equity loan categories. Nonperforming assets represented 0.25% of total assets for the year ending December 31, 2006 and 0.11% for the year ending December 31, 2005. The Bank had one property held as OREO for both periods ending December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005.
 
Repossessed automobile loan balances continue to be classified as nonperforming loans, and not as other assets, because the borrower has the potential to satisfy the obligation within twenty days from the date of repossession (before the Bank can schedule disposal of the collateral). The borrower can redeem the property by payment in full at any time prior to the disposal of it by the Bank. Repossessed automobile loan balances amounted to $451,000 and $509,000 for the periods ending December 31, 2006, and December 31, 2005, respectively.


35


Table of Contents

 
The following table sets forth information regarding nonperforming assets held by the Bank at the dates indicated.
 
Table 6 — Nonperforming Assets
 
                                         
    At December 31,  
    2006     2005     2004     2003     2002  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Loans past due 90 days or more but still accruing
                                       
Consumer — Home Equity
  $     $     $     $     $  
Consumer — Auto
    252       165       72       128       220  
Consumer — Other
    137       62       173       28       41  
                                         
Total
  $ 389     $ 227     $ 245     $ 156     $ 261  
                                         
Loans accounted for on a nonaccrual basis(1)
                                       
Commercial and Industrial
  $ 872     $ 245     $ 334     $ 971     $ 300  
Business Banking(2)
    74       47       N/A       N/A       N/A  
Commercial Real Estate
    2,346       313       227       691       1,320  
Residential Real Estate
    2,318       1,876       1,193       926       533  
Consumer — Home Equity
    358                          
Consumer — Auto
    451       509       594       714       656  
Consumer — Other
    171       122       109       56       7  
                                         
Total
  $ 6,590     $ 3,112     $ 2,457     $ 3,358     $ 2,816  
                                         
Total nonperforming loans
  $ 6,979     $ 3,339     $ 2,702     $ 3,514     $ 3,077  
                                         
Other real estate owned
    190                          
Total nonperforming assets
  $ 7,169     $ 3,339     $ 2,702     $ 3,514     $ 3,077  
                                         
Restructured loans
  $     $ 377     $ 416     $ 453     $ 497  
                                         
Nonperforming loans as a percent of gross loans
    0.34 %     0.16 %     0.14 %     0.22 %     0.21 %
                                         
Nonperforming assets as a percent of total assets
    0.25 %     0.11 %     0.09 %     0.14 %     0.13 %
                                         
 
 
(1) There were no restructured, nonaccruing loans at December 31, 2006, 2005, 2004, 2003 and 2002.
 
(2) For the periods prior to December 31, 2005, Business Banking loans are included in Commercial and Industrial and Consumer — Other.
 
In the course of resolving nonperforming loans, the Bank may choose to restructure the contractual terms of certain commercial and real estate loans. Terms may be modified to fit the ability of the borrower to repay in line with its current financial status. It is the Bank’s policy to maintain restructured loans on nonaccrual status for approximately six months before management considers its return to accrual status. At December 31, 2006 the Bank had no restructured loans and at December 31, 2005 the Bank had $377,000 of restructured loans.
 
Potential problem loans are any loans, which are not included in non-accrual or non-performing loans and which are not considered troubled debt restructures, where known information about possible credit problems of the borrowers causes management to have concerns as to the ability of such borrowers to comply with present loan repayment terms. At December 31, 2006 and 2005, the Bank had fifteen and nine potential problem loan relationships, respectively, which are not included in nonperforming loans with an outstanding balance of $21.8 million and $30.3 million, respectively. At December 31, 2006, these potential problem loans continued to perform and are generally well-collateralized. The Company’s management actively monitors these loans and strives to minimize any possible adverse impact to the Bank.


36


Table of Contents

 
Real estate acquired by the Bank through foreclosure proceedings or the acceptance of a deed in lieu of foreclosure is classified as OREO. When property is acquired, it is recorded at the lesser of the loan’s remaining principal balance or the estimated fair value of the property acquired, less estimated costs to sell. Any loan balance in excess of the estimated fair value less estimated cost to sell on the date of transfer is charged to the allowance for loan losses on that date. All costs incurred thereafter in maintaining the property, as well as subsequent declines in fair value are charged to non-interest expense.
 
Interest income that would have been recognized for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, if nonperforming loans at the respective dates had been performing in accordance with their original terms approximated $146,000, $282,000, and $312,000, respectively. The actual amount of interest that was collected on these nonaccrual and restructured loans during each of those periods and included in interest income was approximately $225,000, $103,000, and $140,000, respectively.
 
A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Bank will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value, and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired. Management determines the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record, and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed.
 
Impairment is measured on a loan by loan basis for commercial, commercial real estate, and construction loans, and selectively, for certain consumer, residential or home equity loans by either the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, the loan’s obtainable market price, or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. Large groups of homogeneous loans are collectively evaluated for impairment. As such, the Bank does not typically identify individual loans within these groupings for impairment evaluation and disclosure.
 
At December 31, 2006, impaired loans include all commercial real estate loans and commercial and industrial loans on nonaccrual status and certain potential problem loans. Total impaired loans at December 31, 2006 and 2005 were $3.6 million and $935,000, respectively.
 
Allowance for Loan Losses  While management uses available information to recognize losses on loans, future additions to the allowance may be necessary based on increases in nonperforming loans, changes in economic conditions, or for other reasons. Various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the Bank’s allowance for loan losses. Federal Reserve regulators examined the Company in the third quarter of 2004 and the Bank was most recently examined by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) in the second quarter of 2006. No additional provision for loan losses was required as a result of these examinations.
 
The allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level that management considers adequate to provide for probable loan losses based upon evaluation of known and inherent risks in the loan portfolio. The allowance is increased by provisions for loan losses and by recoveries of loans previously charged-off and reduced by loans charged-off.
 
The Bank’s total allowance for loan losses as of December 31, 2006 was $26.8 million, or 1.32%, of total loans as compared to $26.6 million, or 1.31%, of total loans at December 31, 2005.


37


Table of Contents

 
The following table summarizes changes in the allowance for loan losses and other selected statistics for the periods presented:
 
Table 7 — Summary of Changes in the Allowance for Loan Losses
 
                                         
    Year Ending December 31,  
    2006     2005     2004     2003     2002  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Average total loans
  $ 2,041,098     $ 1,987,591     $ 1,743,844     $ 1,512,997     $ 1,345,720  
                                         
Allowance for loan losses, beginning of year
  $ 26,639     $ 25,197     $ 23,163     $ 21,387     $ 18,190  
Charged-off loans:
                                       
Commercial and Industrial
    185       120       181       195       134  
Business Banking(1)
    401       505       N/A       N/A       N/A  
Commercial Real Estate
                             
Residential Real Estate
                             
Commercial Construction
                             
Residential Construction
                             
Consumer — Home Equity
                             
Consumer — Auto
    1,713       1,772       2,089       1,938       1,958  
Consumer — Other
    881       1,077       329       196       373  
                                         
Total charged-off loans
    3,180       3,474       2,599       2,329       2,465  
                                         
Recoveries on loans previously charged-off:
                                       
Commercial and Industrial
    219       85       214       283       628  
Business Banking(1)
    92       14       N/A       N/A       N/A  
Commercial Real Estate
    1       128       2       2       2  
Residential Real Estate
                30              
Commercial Construction
                             
Residential Construction
                             
Consumer — Home Equity
          20                    
Consumer — Auto
    516       350       372       321       286  
Consumer — Other
    193       144       127       79       96  
                                         
Total recoveries
    1,021       741       745       685       1,012  
                                         
Net loans charged-off
    2,159       2,733       1,854       1,644       1,453  
Allowance related to business combinations
                870              
Provision for loan losses
    2,335       4,175       3,018       3,420       4,650  
                                         
Allowance for loan losses, end of period
  $ 26,815     $ 26,639     $ 25,197     $ 23,163     $ 21,387  
                                         
Credit quality discount on acquired loans(2)
                            518  
Total allowances for loan losses, end of year
  $ 26,815     $ 26,639     $ 25,197     $ 23,163     $ 21,905  
                                         
Net loans charged-off as a percent of average total loans
    0.11 %     0.14 %     0.11 %     0.11 %     0.11 %
Allowance for loan losses as a percent of total loans
    1.32 %     1.31 %     1.31 %     1.46 %     1.49 %
Allowance for loan losses as a percent of nonperforming loans
    384.22 %     797.81 %     932.53 %     659.16 %     695.06 %
Total allowance for loan losses as a percent of total loans (including credit quality discount)
    1.32 %     1.31 %     1.31 %     1.46 %     1.53 %
Total allowance for loan losses as a percent of nonperforming loans (including credit quality discount)
    384.22 %     797.81 %     932.53 %     659.16 %     711.89 %
Net loans charged-off as a percent of allowance for loan losses
    8.05 %     10.26 %     7.36 %     7.10 %     6.79 %
Recoveries as a percent of charge-offs
    32.11 %     21.33 %     28.66 %     29.41 %     41.05 %
 
 
(1) For periods prior to December 31, 2005, Business Banking loans are included in Commercial and Industrial and Consumer-Other.
 
(2) The Bank established a separate credit quality discount in 2000 as a reduction of the loan balances acquired from Fleet Boston Financial. The credit quality discount was fully utilized by 2003.
 
The allowance for loan losses is allocated to various loan categories as part of the Bank’s process of evaluating the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses. Allocated allowances increased by approximately $1.2 million to


38


Table of Contents

$25.4 million at December 31, 2006. Increased amounts of allowance were allocated to four major loan categories: commercial real estate, commercial & industrial, business banking, and home equity. The increased amounts allocated to these loan categories represented substantially all of the increase in the allocated allowance amounts, as compared to December 31, 2005. Decreases in the allocation of allowances were posted in real estate construction, residential real estate, consumer auto, and other consumer loan categories, due mainly to reductions in these loan balances as compared to the end of 2005.
 
The increase of 15.3% in the amount of allowance allocated to the commercial and industrial category is mainly attributed to growth within this portfolio, which increased 12.4% from the end of 2005. Additionally, changes to the categorization of risk for certain loan balances, combined with portfolio turnover, also contributed to the increase in the amount of allowance allocation. Specifically, loan balances within certain commercial and industrial loan groupings that have been repaid have been replaced by newly originated loan balances that require different levels of allocated allowance based upon the ascertainable risk characteristics of those loans.
 
The increase in the amount of allowance allocated to the commercial real estate category is due to loan balance growth within this loan category attributed to new loan origination, and risk rating changes of certain loan balances. Loan balances outstanding in this portfolio, at December 31, 2006, increased by 8.4%, while the amount of allowance allocated to this portfolio grew by 13.7%, as compared to December 31, 2005. The amount of allowance allocated reflects increases in loan balances distributed among certain loan types within commercial real estate that require different levels of allocated allowance based upon the ascertainable risk characteristics of those loans.
 
The increase in the amount of allowance allocated to the consumer — home equity portfolio is due to growth in this loan portfolio attributed to new loan origination, combined with the identification of one loan where a specific allocation amount was established. Outstanding balances at December 31, 2006 grew by 10.0% as compared to the amount shown at December 31, 2005, while the corresponding amount of allowance allocated increased by 35.6% as compared to December 31, 2005.
 
The increase in the amount of allowance allocated to the business banking portfolio component resulted from a 16.6% increase in loan balances as compared to December 31, 2005.
 
The decrease in the amount of allowance allocated to the real estate construction portfolio is due to loan balance reductions within this portfolio attributed to the slowdown in the residential housing market in the Bank’s market area, combined with risk rating changes of certain loan balances. Loan balances outstanding in this portfolio component, at December 31, 2006, decreased by 14.8%, while the corresponding amount of allowance allocated decreased by 14.9%, as compared to December 31, 2005. The amount of allowance allocated within the real estate construction portfolio reflects the reallocation of certain loan balances distributed among loan groupings within this portfolio that require different levels of allocated allowance based upon the ascertainable risk characteristics of those loans.
 
The decrease in the amount of allowance allocated to the residential real estate category of 12.9% reflects a corresponding 10.0% decrease in loan balances from December 31, 2005 to December 31, 2006.
 
The decrease in the amount of allowance allocated to the consumer auto loan category of 21.4% reflects a 21.4% decrease in loan balances, from December 31, 2005 to December 31, 2006.
 
The decrease in the amount of allowance allocated to the consumer-other loan portfolio reflects an 8.7% reduction in loan balances as compared to December 31, 2005. Consumer-other is comprised of other consumer loan product types including non-auto installment loans, overdraft lines and other credit line facilities.


39


Table of Contents

 
The following table summarizes the allocation of the allowance for loan losses for the years indicated:
 
Table 8 — Summary of Allocation of Allowance for Loan Losses
 
                                                                                         
    At December 31,  
    2006     2005     2004     2003     2002  
          Percent of
          Percent of
          Percent of
          Percent of
                Percent of
 
          Loans
          Loans
          Loans
          Loans
          Credit
    Loans
 
    Allowance
    In Category
    Allowance
    In Category
    Allowance
    In Category
    Allowance
    In Category
    Allowance
    Quality
    In Category
 
    Amount     To Total Loans     Amount     To Total Loans     Amount     To Total Loans     Amount     To Total Loans     Amount     Discount     To Total Loans  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Allocated Allowance:
                                                                                       
Commercial and Industrial
  $ 3,615       8.6 %   $ 3,134       7.6 %   $ 3,387       8.2 %   $ 4,653       10.8 %   $ 3,435     $ 10       10.6 %
Business Banking(1)
    1,340       3.0 %     1,193       2.5 %     1,022       2.3 %     N/A       N/A       N/A       N/A       N/A  
Commercial Real Estate
    13,136       36.5 %     11,554       33.5 %     10,346       32.0 %     9,604       35.7 %     7,906       419       35.7 %
Real Estate Construction
    2,955       6.3 %     3,474       7.3 %     2,905       7.0 %     1,389       5.4 %     1,196             4.1 %
Residential Real Estate
    566       19.3 %     650       21.2 %     659       22.9 %     488       20.6 %     422             19.7 %
Consumer — Home Equity
    1,024       13.7 %     755       12.4 %     583       10.1 %     398       8.4 %     304       63       7.6 %
Consumer — Auto
    2,066       10.2 %     2,629       12.9 %     2,839       14.8 %     2,399       15.2 %     2,623       22       18.6 %
Consumer — Other
    652       2.4 %     757       2.6 %     667       2.7 %     1,244       3.9 %     1,073       4       3.7 %
Imprecision Allowance
    1,461       N/A       2,493       N/A       2,789       N/A       2,988       N/A       4,428             N/A  
                                                                                         
Total Allowance for Loan Losses
  $ 26,815       100.0 %   $ 26,639       100.0 %   $ 25,197       100.0 %   $ 23,163       100.0 %   $ 21,387     $ 518       100.0 %
                                                                                         
 
 
(1) For the periods prior to December 31, 2004, Business Banking loans are included in Commercial and Industrial and Consumer — Other.
 
Allocated amounts of allowance for loan losses are determined using both a formula-based approach applied to groups of loans and an analysis of certain individual loans for impairment.
 
The formula-based approach evaluates groups of loans to determine the allocation appropriate within each portfolio section. Individual loans within the commercial and industrial, commercial real estate and real estate construction loan portfolio sections are assigned internal risk ratings to group them with other loans possessing similar risk characteristics. The level of allowance allocable to each group of risk-rated loans is then determined by management applying a loss factor that estimates the amount of probable loss inherent in each category. The assigned loss factor for each risk rating is a formula-based assessment of historical loss data, portfolio characteristics, economic trends, overall market conditions, past experience and management’s analysis of considerations of probable loan loss based on these factors.
 
During the quarter ended March 31, 2005, enhancements to the Bank’s internal risk-rating framework were implemented. These enhancements refine the definitional detail of the risk attributes and characteristics that compose each risk grouping and add granularity to the assessment of credit risk across those defined risk groupings.
 
Allocations for business banking, residential real estate and other consumer loan categories are principally determined by applying loss factors that represent management’s estimate of probable or expected losses inherent in those categories. In each section, inherent losses are estimated, based on a formula-based assessment of historical loss data, portfolio characteristics, economic trends, overall market conditions, past loan loss experience and management’s considerations of probable loan loss based on these factors.
 
The other method used to allocate allowances for loan losses entails the assignment of allowance amounts to individual loans on the basis of loan impairment. Certain loans are evaluated individually and are judged to be impaired when management believes it is probable that the Bank will not collect all of the contractual interest and principal payments as scheduled in the loan agreement. Under this method, loans are selected for evaluation based upon a change in internal risk rating, occurrence of delinquency, loan classification or non-accrual status. A specific allowance amount is allocated to an individual loan when such loan has been deemed impaired and when the amount of a probable loss is able to be estimated on the basis of: (a) the present value of anticipated future cash flows or on the loan’s observable fair market value, or (b) the fair value of collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. Loans with a specific allowance and the amount of such allowance totaled $3.6 million and $414,000, respectively, at December 31, 2006 and $558,000 and $1,000, respectively, at December 31, 2005. In addition, at


40


Table of Contents

December 31, 2006, there were $1.2 million of residential real estate and home equity loans that were evaluated individually for which a specific allowance of $194,000 has been assigned.
 
A portion of the allowance for loan loss is not allocated to any specific section of the loan portfolio. This non-specific allowance is maintained for two primary reasons: (a.) there exists an inherent subjectivity and imprecision to the analytical processes employed, and (b.) the prevailing business environment, as it is affected by changing economic conditions and various external factors, may impact the portfolio in ways currently unforeseen. Moreover, management has identified certain risk factors which could impact the degree of loss sustained within the portfolio. These include: (a.) market risk factors, such as the effects of economic variability on the entire portfolio, and (b.) unique portfolio risk factors that are inherent characteristics of the Bank’s loan portfolio. Market risk factors may consist of changes to general economic and business conditions that may impact the Bank’s loan portfolio customer base in terms of ability to repay and that may result in changes in value of underlying collateral. Unique portfolio risk factors may include industry concentration or covariant industry concentrations, geographic concentrations or trends that may exacerbate losses resulting from economic events which the Bank may not be able to fully diversify out of its portfolio.
 
Due to the imprecise nature of the loan loss estimation process and ever changing conditions, these risk attributes may not be adequately captured in data related to the formula-based loan loss components used to determine allocations in the Bank’s analysis of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses. Management, therefore, has established and maintains an imprecision allowance for loan losses reflecting the uncertainty of future economic conditions within the Bank’s market area. The amount of this measurement imprecision allocation was $1.5 million at December 31, 2006, a decrease of $1.0 million, or 40.0%, compared to the $2.5 million at December 31, 2005.
 
Management has deemed the current measurement imprecision level adequate based on a careful analysis of national and local economic conditions. The national and state economy exhibited positive growth in 2006, tempered by weakness in the housing market. Advance annual 2006 Gross Domestic Product (“GDP”) growth outpaced the 2005 level, as consumer spending remained robust due to the stabilization of energy prices, continued job growth, and higher income levels. Additionally, inflation remained in check during the year. Reliable indicators showed positive economic growth for Massachusetts in every month of 2006. Increases in exports, fueled by strong demand for the state’s technology and science-based goods, helped improve local labor markets and workers’ income in the state during 2006. Locally, the core inflation rate in the Boston area was lower than the national level for 2006. Additionally, leading indicators suggest continued economic growth in 2007.
 
As of December 31, 2006, the allowance for loan losses totaled $26.8 million as compared to $26.6 million at December 31, 2005. Based on the processes described above, management believes that the level of the allowance for possible loan losses at December 31, 2006 is adequate.
 
Securities Portfolio  The Company’s securities portfolio consists of trading assets, securities available for sale, securities which management intends to hold until maturity, and Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) stock. Equity securities which are held for the purpose of funding Rabbi Trust obligations (see Note 13 “Employee Benefits” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 hereof) are classified as trading assets. Trading assets are recorded at fair value with changes in fair value recorded in earnings. Trading assets were $1.8 million at December 31, 2006 and $1.6 million at December 31, 2005.
 
Securities which management intends to hold until maturity consist of mortgage-backed securities, state, county and municipal securities and corporate debt securities. Securities held to maturity as of December 31, 2006 are carried at their amortized cost of $76.7 million and exclude gross unrealized gains of $1.3 million and no gross unrealized losses. A year earlier, securities held to maturity totaled $104.3 million excluding gross unrealized gains of $2.7 million and gross unrealized losses of $230,000.
 
Securities available for sale consist of certain U.S. Treasury and U.S. Government agency obligations, mortgage-backed securities, collateralized mortgage obligations, and state, county and municipal securities. These securities are carried at fair value and unrealized gains and losses, net of applicable income taxes, are recognized as a separate component of stockholders’ equity. The fair value of securities available for sale at December 31, 2006 totaled $417.1 million, including the associated pre-tax net unrealized loss totaling $10.0 million. A year earlier,


41


Table of Contents

securities available for sale were $581.5 million including a pre-tax net unrealized loss of $14.4 million. In 2006 and 2005, the Company recognized $3.2 million of net losses and $616,000 of net gains, respectively, on the sale of available for sale securities. Lower coupon securities were sold in 2006 as part of a gradual de-leveraging strategy designed to improve the Bank’s mix of earning assets and net interest margin.
 
The following table sets forth the amortized cost and percentage distribution of securities held to maturity at the dates indicated.
 
Table 9 — Amortized Cost of Securities Held to Maturity
 
                                                 
    At December 31,  
    2006     2005     2004  
    Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Mortgage-Backed Securities
  $ 5,526       7.2 %   $ 6,936       6.7 %   $ 8,971       8.3 %
State, County and Municipal Securities
    35,046       45.7 %     41,628       39.9 %     43,084       39.9 %
Corporate Debt Securities
    36,175       47.1 %     55,704       53.4 %     55,912       51.8 %
                                                 
Total
  $ 76,747       100.0 %   $ 104,268       100.0 %   $ 107,967       100.0 %
                                                 
 
The following table sets forth the fair value and percentage distribution of securities available for sale at the dates indicated.
 
Table 10 — Fair Value of Securities Available for Sale
 
                                                 
    At December 31,  
    2006     2005     2004  
    Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
U.S. Treasury and U.S. Government Agency Securities
  $ 87,853       21.1 %   $ 151,253       26.0 %   $ 140,356       20.6 %
Mortgage-Backed Securities
    212,996       51.1 %     257,532       44.3 %     349,716       51.4 %
Collateralized Mortgage Obligations
    88,898       21.3 %     150,322       25.8 %     170,661       25.1 %
State, County and Municipal Securities
    18,816       4.5 %     22,409       3.9 %     19,553       2.9 %
Corporate Debt Securities
    8,525       2.0 %           0.0 %           0.0 %
                                                 
Total
  $ 417,088       100.0 %   $ 581,516       100.0 %   $ 680,286       100.0 %
                                                 
 
The following two tables set forth contractual maturities of the Bank’s securities portfolio at December 31, 2006. Actual maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.
 
Table 11 — Amortized Cost of Securities Held to Maturity
Amounts Maturing
 
                                                                                                                         
    Within
          Weighted
    One Year
          Weighted
    Five
          Weighted
                Weighted
                Weighted
 
    One
    % of
    Average
    to Five
    % of
    Average
    Years to
    % of
    Average
    Over Ten
    % of
    Average
          % of
    Average
 
    Year     Total     Yield     Years     Total     Yield     Ten Years     Total     Yield     Years     Total     Yield     Total     Total     Yield  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Mortgage Backed Securities
  $       0.0 %         $       0.0 %         $ 1,524       2.0 %     5.5 %   $ 4,002       5.2 %     5.5 %   $ 5,526       7.2 %     5.5 %
State, County and Municipal Securities
    38       0.0 %     5.0 %     2,892       3.8 %     4.0 %     13,760       17.9 %     4.4 %     18,356       23.9 %     5.0 %     35,046       45.7 %     4.7 %
Corporate Debt Securities
          0.0 %     0.0 %           0.0 %                 0.0 %           36,175       47.1 %     8.0 %     36,175       47.1 %     8.0 %
                                                                                                                         
Total
  $ 38       0.0 %     5.0 %   $ 2,892       3.8 %     4.0 %   $ 15,284       19.9 %     4.5 %   $ 58,533       76.3 %     6.9 %   $ 76,747       100.0 %     6.3 %
                                                                                                                         


42


Table of Contents

 
Table 12 — Fair Value of Securities Available for Sale
Amounts Maturing
 
                                                                                                                         
                      One
                Five
                                                 
    Within
          Weighted
    Year to
          Weighted
    Years to
          Weighted
                Weighted
                Weighted
 
    One
    % of
    Average
    Five
    % of
    Average
    Ten
    %
    Average
    Over Ten
    % of
    Average
          % of
    Average
 
    Year     Total     Yield     Years     Total     Yield     Years     of Total     Yield     Years     Total     Yield     Total     Total     Yield  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
U.S. Treasury and U.S. Government Agency Securities
  $ 19,706       4.7 %     3.5 %   $ 68,147       16.3 %     3.4 %   $       0.0 %     0.0 %   $       0.0 %     0.0 %   $ 87,853       21.1 %     3.5 %
Mortgage Backed Securities
          0.0 %     0.0 %     104       0.0 %     8.0 %     62,684       15.0 %     4.6 %     150,208       36.0 %     4.8 %     212,996       51.1 %     4.8 %
Collateralized Mortgage Obligations
          0.0 %     0.0 %           0.0 %     0.0 %     22,793       5.5 %     4.4 %     66,105       15.8 %     4.3 %     88,898       21.3 %     4.4 %
State, County and Municipal Securities
          0.0 %     0.0 %     18,816       4.5 %     4.6 %           0.0 %     0.0 %           0.0 %     0.0 %     18,816       4.4 %     4.6 %
Corporate Debt Securities
          0.0 %     0.0 %           0.0 %     0.0 %           0.0 %     0.0 %     8,525       2.0 %     6.8 %     8,525       1.9 %     6.8 %
                                                                                                                         
Total
  $ 19,706       4.7 %     3.5 %   $ 87,067       20.9 %     3.7 %   $ 85,477       20.5 %     4.5 %   $ 224,838       54.0 %     4.7 %   $ 417,088       100.0 %     4.4 %
                                                                                                                         
 
At December 31, 2006 and 2005, the Bank had no investments in obligations of individual states, counties or municipalities which exceeded 10% of stockholders’ equity. In addition, there were no sales of state, county or municipal securities in 2006 or 2005.
 
Bank Owned Life Insurance  In 1998, the Bank purchased $30.0 million of Bank Owned Life Insurance (“BOLI”). The Bank purchased these policies for the purpose of offsetting the Bank’s future obligations to its employees under its retirement and benefit plans. During 2003, certain split dollar life policies with shared ownership between the Bank and certain executives were reassigned in total to the Bank in response to new legislation that considers any payments by a company to a split dollar life policy to be a prohibited loan (see Note 13 “Employee Benefits” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 hereof). The original insurance policies totaling $1.4 million are now included within the Bank’s BOLI portfolio and will be used by the Company to fund future obligations to its employees under its retirement and benefits plans. The value of BOLI was $45.8 million and $44.8 million at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The Bank recorded income from BOLI of $3.3 million in 2006, $1.8 million in 2005, and $1.9 million in 2004, respectively. In the first quarter of 2006 the Company recognized a tax exempt gain of $1.3 million for a death benefit received on a former employee who was covered under the BOLI program.
 
Deposits  As of December 31, 2006, deposits of $2.1 billion were $115.2 million, or 5.2%, lower than the prior year-end. Core deposits decreased by $153.2 million, or 9.1%.
 
The following table sets forth the average balances of the Bank’s deposits for the periods indicated.
 
Table 13 — Average Balances of Deposits
 
                                                 
    2006     2005     2004  
    Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Demand Deposits
  $ 495,958       23.1 %   $ 514,611       24.0 %   $ 478,073       24.1 %
Savings and Interest Checking
    563,615       26.3 %     599,797       28.0 %     570,661       28.8 %
Money Market
    524,265       24.4 %     519,461       24.2 %     456,970       23.0 %
Time Certificates of Deposits
    563,212       26.2 %     510,611       23.8 %     478,037       24.1 %
                                                 
Total
  $ 2,147,050       100.0 %   $ 2,144,480       100.0 %   $ 1,983,741       100.0 %
                                                 


43


Table of Contents

The Bank’s time certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more totaled $179.2 million at December 31, 2006. The maturity of these certificates is as follows:
 
Table 14 — Maturities of Time Certificate of Deposits Over $100,000
 
                 
    Balance     Percentage  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
1 to 3 months
  $ 65,523       36.6 %
4 to 6 months
    75,062       41.9 %
7 to 12 months
    32,309       18.0 %
Over 12 months
    6,260       3.5 %
                 
Total
  $ 179,154       100.0 %
                 
 
Borrowings  The Bank’s borrowings amounted to $493.6 million at December 31, 2006, a decrease of $94.2 million from year-end 2005. At December 31, 2006, the Bank’s borrowings consisted primarily of FHLB borrowings totaling $305.1 million, a decrease of $112.3 million from the prior year-end. The decrease in these borrowings occurred as excess cash flow from the securities portfolio and certain loan categories was used to decrease wholesale borrowing.
 
The remaining borrowings consisted of federal funds purchased, assets sold under repurchase agreements, junior subordinated debentures and treasury tax and loan notes. These borrowings totaled $188.5 million at December 31, 2006, an increase of $18.2 million from the prior year-end. See Note 8 “Borrowings” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 hereof for a schedule of borrowings outstanding and their interest rates and other information related to the Company’s borrowings.
 
Junior Subordinated Debentures  The Company formed Independent Capital Trust III (“Trust III”) and Independent Capital Trust IV (“Trust IV”) in 2001 and 2002, respectively, for the purposes of each issuing $25.0 million Corporation Obligated Mandatory Redeemable Trust Preferred Securities of Subsidiary Trust Holding Solely Junior Subordinated Debentures of the Corporation (“trust preferred securities”) and investing the proceeds in junior subordinated debentures issued by the Company (the “Junior Subordinated Debentures”). Additionally, each Trust III and Trust IV issued $773,000 in common securities to the Company. These proceeds were then used to redeem previously issued trust preferred securities issued at higher rates. The Company initially raised this capital for the purposes of supporting asset growth and the execution of a share repurchase.
 
In October 2006 the Company formed Independent Capital Trust V (“Trust V”), which issued and sold 50,000 trust preferred securities in December 2006. The Company received $50.0 million from the issuance of the trust preferred securities in return for junior subordinated debentures issued by the Company to Independent Capital Trust V. The interest rate of the trust preferred securities is a variable rate determined as the 3 month London Interbank Offered Rate plus 148 basis points. The Company has entered into interest rate swap agreements to fix the interest rate paid on the debentures for the next ten years at 6.52%. The trust preferred securities issued by Trust V were issued and sold in a private placement as part of a pool transaction. Additionally, Trust V issued $1.6 million in common securities to the Company.
 
The Company used $25.0 million of the proceeds from the issuance of the trust preferred securities of Trust V to redeem all of the outstanding trust preferred securities of Trust III on the first callable date of December 31, 2006 which had a fixed rate of interest at 8.625%. The Company intends to use the remaining $25.0 million of proceeds to redeem the outstanding trust preferred securities of Trust IV on its first callable date of April 30, 2007 which have a fixed rate of interest at 8.375%. The refinancing of the trust preferred securities, when fully completed, will decrease the Company’s annual debt service by approximately $1.0 million a year. The trust preferred securities of Trust V are subject to mandatory redemption when the debentures mature on March 15, 2037. The Company may redeem the debentures and the trust preferred securities at any time on or after March 15, 2012.
 
Effective March 31, 2004, Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Interpretation (“FIN”) No. 46 Revised, “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities — an Interpretation of Accounting Research Bulletin No. 51” (“FIN 46R”) required the Company to deconsolidate its two subsidiary trusts (Independent Capital Trust III and


44


Table of Contents

Independent Capital Trust IV). The result of deconsolidating these subsidiary trusts is that trust preferred securities of the trusts, which were classified between liabilities and equity on the balance sheet (mezzanine section), no longer appear on the consolidated balance sheet of the Company. The related minority interest expense also is no longer included in the consolidated statement of income. Due to FIN 46R, the junior subordinated debentures of the Company that were previously eliminated in consolidation are now included on the consolidated balance sheet within total borrowings. The interest expense on the junior subordinated debentures is included in the calculation of net interest margin of the Company, negatively impacting the net interest margin by approximately 0.13% for the twelve months ending December 31, 2004 on an annualized basis and 0.16% for the twelve months ending 2005 and 2006. There is no impact on net income as the amount of interest previously recognized as minority interest is equal to the amount of interest expense that is recognized currently in the net interest margin offset by the dividend income on the subsidiary trusts common stock recognized in other non-interest income.
 
On March 1, 2005, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve issued a final ruling amending its risk-based capital standards for bank holding companies to allow continued inclusion of outstanding and prospective issuances of trust preferred securities in Tier 1 capital for regulatory capital purposes subject to quantitative limits applied to the aggregate amount of trust preferred securities and certain other capital elements. After a five-year transition period, the aggregate amount of trust preferred securities and certain other capital elements would be limited to 25 percent of Tier 1 capital elements, net of goodwill less any associated deferred tax liability. The amount of trust preferred securities and certain other elements in excess of the core capital limit generally will be includable in Tier 2 capital. At December 31, 2006 had the aforementioned rules been in effect, the Company’s aggregate amount of trust preferred securities would have represented 21.2% of Tier 1 capital, net of goodwill less any associated net deferred tax liability and therefore $50.0 million of trust preferred securities would be includable in Tier 1 capital. At December 31, 2006, there were $75.0 million of trust preferred securities outstanding, however, given that the Company intends to call $25.0 million in April 2007 the Federal Reserve Board has stipulated that this $25.0 million of callable trust preferred securities are not to be included in the calculation of regulatory capital.
 
Junior Subordinated Debentures were $77.3 million and $51.5 million at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The unamortized issuance costs are included in other assets. Unamortized issuance costs were $981,000 and $2.0 million in 2006 and 2005, respectively.
 
Minority interest expense was $1.1 million in 2004. Interest expense on the junior subordinated debentures, reported in interest on borrowings, which includes the amortization of the issuance cost, was $5.5 million in 2006 and $4.5 million in 2005. The increase in interest expense is mainly due to the write-off of $995,000 of issuance costs in connection with the redemption of trust preferred securities of Trust III.
 
The Company unconditionally guarantees all Trust IV and Trust V obligations under the trust preferred securities.
 
In December, the Trustees of Trust III and Trust IV declared a cash dividend of $0.54 and $0.52 per share to stockholders of record of Trust III and Trust IV, respectively, as of the close of business on December 28, 2006. The dividend was paid on December 29, 2006. The Company has paid all scheduled dividends.
 
Investment Management  As of December 31, 2006, the Rockland Trust Investment Management Group had assets under management of $815.8 million which represents approximately 1,530 trust, fiduciary, and agency accounts. At December 31, 2005, assets under management were $680.1 million, representing approximately 1,340 trust, fiduciary, and agency accounts. Income from the Investment Management Group amounted to $5.5 million, $4.9 million, and $4.2 million for 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively.
 
Retail Investments and Insurance  For the year ending December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 retail investments and insurance income was $593,000, $404,000, and $517,000, respectively. Retail investments and insurance includes revenue from Linsco/Private Ledger (“LPL”), Private Ledger Insurance Services of Massachusetts, Savings Bank Life Insurance of Massachusetts (“SBLI”), Independent Financial Market Group, Inc. (“IFMG”) and their insurance subsidiary IFS Agencies, Inc. (“IFS”).


45


Table of Contents

 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
Summary of Results of Operations  Net income was $32.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, compared to $33.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. Diluted earnings per share were $2.17 and $2.14 for the years ended 2006 and 2005, respectively.
 
In 2006 the Company realized BOLI benefit proceeds of $1.3 million, a recovery on WorldCom Bond Claims of $1.9 million, the write-off of stock issuance cost of $995,000, and prepayment fees on borrowings of $82,000. Security losses of $3.2 million were realized by the Company in 2006, as compared to $616,000 of security gains in 2005.
 
Return on average assets and return on average equity was 1.12% and 14.60%, respectively, for the year ending December 31, 2006 as compared to 1.11% and 15.10%, respectively, for the year ending December 31, 2005. Equity to assets was 8.1% as of December 31, 2006, compared to 7.50% for the same period last year.
 
Net Interest Income  The amount of net interest income is affected by changes in interest rates and by the volume, mix, and interest rate sensitivity of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities.
 
On a fully tax-equivalent basis, net interest income was $104.4 million in 2006, a 3.0% decrease from 2005 net interest income of $107.7 million reported in 2005.
 
The decrease in net interest income in 2006 compared with that of 2005 is primarily attributable to a smaller balance sheet and an increase in the cost of deposits. Additionally, the Company wrote off $995,000 of unamortized debt issuance costs upon redemption of $25.0 million of trust preferred securities in December 2006 which was realized as a component of interest expense on borrowings. The yield on earning assets was 6.25% in 2006, compared with 5.68% in 2005. The average balance of securities decreased by $131.7 million, or 17.1%, as compared with the prior year. The average balance of loans increased by $53.5 million, or 2.7%, and the yield on loans increased by 58 basis points to 6.70% in 2006, compared to 6.12% in 2005. This increase in the yield on earning assets was due to the higher interest rate environment in 2006 than during 2005 and growth in average loans. During 2006, the average balance of interest-bearing liabilities decreased by $48.8 million, or 2.2%, over 2005 average balances. The average cost of these liabilities increased to 2.98% compared to 2.23% in 2005. Earning assets and interest bearing liability pricing are affected by competition and changes in interest rates. Economic conditions and the Federal Reserve’s monetary policy influence interest rates as shown by the changes reflected in the following graph:
 
GERAPH


46


Table of Contents

The following table presents the Company’s average balances, net interest income, interest rate spread, and net interest margin for 2006, 2005, and 2004. Non-taxable income from loans and securities is presented on a fully tax-equivalent basis whereby tax-exempt income is adjusted upward by an amount equivalent to the prevailing federal income taxes that would have been paid if the income had been fully taxable.
 
Table 15 — Average Balance, Interest Earned/Paid & Average Yields
 
                                                                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2006     2005     2004  
          Interest
                Interest
                Interest
       
    Average
    Earned/
    Average
    Average
    Earned/
    Average
    Average
    Earned/
    Average
 
    Balance     Paid     Yield     Balance     Paid     Yield     Balance     Paid     Yield  
    (Dollars in thousands)     (Dollars in thousands)        
 
Interest-Earning Assets:
                                                                       
Federal Funds Sold, Assets Purchased Under
                                                                       
Resale Agreement and Short Term Investments
  $ 29,464     $ 1,514       5.14 %   $ 14,023     $ 515       3.67 %   $ 750     $ 17       2.27 %
Securities:
                                                                       
Trading Assets
    1,570       42       2.68 %     1,548       36       2.33 %     1,507       48       3.19 %
Taxable Investment Securities
    581,372       27,229       4.68 %     708,043       31,188       4.40 %     712,663       31,549       4.43 %
Non-Taxable Investment Securities(1)
    57,725       3,879       6.72 %     62,771       4,126       6.57 %     64,215       4,261       6.64 %
                                                                         
Total Securities
    640,667       31,150       4.86 %     772,362       35,350       4.58 %     778,385       35,858       4.61 %
Loans(1)
    2,041,098       136,802       6.70 %     1,987,591       121,605       6.12 %     1,743,844       100,560       5.77 %
                                                                         
Total Interest-Earning Assets
  $ 2,711,229     $ 169,466       6.25 %   $ 2,773,976     $ 157,470       5.68 %   $ 2,522,979     $ 136,435       5.41 %
                                                                         
Cash and Due from Banks
    59,834                       65,703                       68,024                  
Other Assets
    151,295                       144,747                       120,550                  
                                                                         
Total Assets
  $ 2,922,358                     $ 2,984,426                     $ 2,711,553                  
                                                                         
Interest-Bearing Liabilities:
                                                                       
Deposits:
                                                                       
Savings and Interest Checking Accounts
  $ 563,615     $ 4,810       0.85 %   $ 599,797     $ 3,037       0.51 %   $ 570,661     $ 2,800       0.49 %
Money Market
    524,265       14,872       2.84 %     519,461       9,549       1.84 %     456,970       5,871       1.28 %
Time Certificates of Deposits
    563,212       21,111       3.75 %     510,611       13,172       2.58 %     478,037       10,254       2.15 %
                                                                         
Total Interest Bearing Deposits
    1,651,092       40,793       2.47 %     1,629,869       25,758       1.58 %     1,505,668       18,925       1.26 %
Borrowings:
                                                                       
Federal Home Loan Bank Borrowings
    365,597       15,524       4.25 %     468,821       18,162       3.87 %     407,836       13,900       3.41 %
Federal Funds Purchased and Assets Sold Under Repurchase Agreements
    113,448       3,171       2.80 %     80,074       1,389       1.73 %     61,199       589       0.96 %
Junior Subordinated Debentures
    51,899       5,504       10.61 %(4)     51,546       4,469       8.67 %     38,871       3,364       8.65 %
Treasury Tax and Loan Notes
    1,081       46       4.26 %     1,653       40       2.42 %     3,154       19       0.60 %
                                                                         
Total Borrowings
    532,025       24,245       4.56 %     602,094       24,060       4.00 %     511,060       17,872       3.50 %
                                                                         
Total Interest-Bearing Liabilities
  $ 2,183,117     $ 65,038       2.98 %(4)   $ 2,231,963     $ 49,818       2.23 %   $ 2,016,728     $ 36,797       1.82 %
                                                                         
Demand Deposits
    495,958                       514,611                       478,073                  
Corporation-Obligated Mandatorily Redeemable Securities of Subsidiary Holding Solely Parent Company Debentures
                                                11,769                  
Other Liabilities
    18,286                       17,897                       15,849                  
                                                                         
Total Liabilities
  $ 2,697,361                     $ 2,764,471                     $ 2,522,419                  
Stockholders’ Equity
    224,997                       219,955                       189,134                  
                                                                         
Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
  $ 2,922,358                     $ 2,984,426                     $ 2,711,553                  
                                                                         
Net Interest Income(1)
          $ 104,428                     $ 107,652                     $ 99,638          
                                                                         
Interest Rate Spread(2)
                    3.27 %(4)                     3.45 %                     3.59 %
                                                                         
Net Interest Margin(3)
                    3.85 %(4)                     3.88 %                     3.95 %
                                                                         
Supplemental Information:
                                                                       
Total Deposits, Including Demand Deposits
  $ 2,147,050     $ 40,793             $ 2,144,480     $ 25,758             $ 1,983,741     $ 18,925          
Cost of Total Deposits
                    1.90 %                     1.20 %                     0.95 %
Total Funding Liabilities, Including Demand Deposits
  $ 2,679,075     $ 65,038             $ 2,746,574     $ 49,818             $ 2,494,801     $ 36,797          
Cost of Total Funding Liabilities
                    2.43 %                     1.81 %                     1.47 %
 
 
(1) The total amount of adjustment to present interest income and yield on a fully tax-equivalent basis is $1,773, $1,809 and $1,822 in 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.


47


Table of Contents

 
(2) Interest rate spread represents the difference between the weighted average yield on interest-earning assets and the weighted average costs of interest-bearing liabilities.
 
(3) Net interest margin represents net interest income as a percentage of average interest-earning assets.
 
(4) In 2006, the yield on junior subordinated debentures, the interest rate spread and the net interest margin includes the write-off of $995,000 of unamortized issuance costs related to the refinancing of $25.8 million of junior subordinated debentures. The yield on junior subordinated debentures, total interest-bearing liabilities, the interest rate spread, and the net interest margin would have been 8.69%, 2.93%, 3.32%, and 3.89%, respectively.
 
The following table presents certain information on a fully-tax equivalent basis regarding changes in the Company’s interest income and interest expense for the periods indicated. For each category of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, information is provided with respect to changes attributable to (1) changes in rate (change in rate multiplied by prior year volume), (2) changes in volume (change in volume multiplied by prior year rate) and (3) changes in volume/rate (change in rate multiplied by change in volume).
 
Table 16 — Volume Rate Analysis
 
                                                                                                 
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2006 Compared To 2005     2005 Compared To 2004     2004 Compared To 2003  
                Change
                      Change
                      Change
       
    Change
    Change
    Due to
          Change
    Change
    Due to
          Change
    Change
    Due to
       
    Due to
    Due to
    Volume/
    Total
    Due to
    Due to
    Volume/
    Total
    Due to
    Due to
    Volume/
    Total
 
    Rate     Volume     Rate     Change     Rate     Volume     Rate     Change     Rate     Volume     Rate     Change  
          (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Income on Interest-Earning
                                                                                               
Assets:
                                                                                               
Federal Funds Sold Assets Purchased Under Resale Agreement and Short Term Investments
  $ 206     $ 567     $ 226     $ 999     $ 10     $ 301     $ 187     $ 498     $ 1     $ 0     $ 16     $ 17  
Securities:
                                                                                               
Trading Assets
    5       1             6       (13 )     1             (12 )           12             12  
Taxable Securities
    1,974       (5,580 )     (353 )     (3,959 )     (157 )     (205 )     1       (361 )     (1,420 )     3,408       (163 )     1,825  
Non-Taxable Securities(1)
    92       (332 )     (7 )     (247 )     (40 )     (96 )     1       (135 )     (105 )     (51 )     1       (155 )
                                                                                                 
Total Securities:
    2,071       (5,911 )     (360 )     (4,200 )     (210 )     (300 )     2       (508 )     (1,525 )     3,369       (162 )     1,682  
Loans(1)(2)
    11,611       3,274       312       15,197       6,132       14,056       857       21,045       (8,746 )     14,646       (1,334 )     4,566  
                                                                                                 
Total
  $ 13,888     $ (2,070 )   $ 178     $ 11,996     $ 5,932     $ 14,057     $ 1,046     $ 21,035     $ (10,270 )   $ 18,015     $ (1,480 )   $ 6,265  
                                                                                                 
Expense of Interest-Bearing
                                                                                               
Liabilities:
                                                                                               
Deposits:
                                                                                               
Savings and Interest Checking Accounts
  $ 2,082     $ (183 )   $ (126 )   $ 1,773     $ 89     $ 143     $ 5     $ 237     $ 124     $ 355     $ 19     $ 498  
Money Market
    5,187       88       48       5,323       2,529       803       346       3,678       220       1,306       67       1,593  
Time Certificates of Deposits
    5,967       1,357       615       7,939       2,077       699       142       2,918       (1,302 )     378       (44 )     (968 )
                                                                                                 
Total Interest-Bearing Deposits:
    13,236       1,262       537       15,035       4,695       1,645       493       6,833       (958 )     2,039       42       1,123  
Borrowings:
                                                                                               
Federal Home Loan Bank Borrowings
    1,745       (3,999 )     (384 )     (2,638 )     1,899       2,079       284       4,262       (2,099 )     2,067       (305 )     (337 )
Federal Funds Purchased and Assets Sold Under Repurchase Agreements
    849       579       354       1,782       472       182       146       800       17       87       3       107  
Junior Subordinated Debentures
    998 (3)     31       6       1,035       6       1,097 (4)     2       1,105                   3,364 (4)     3,364  
Treasury Tax and Loan Notes
    30       (14 )     (10 )     6       57       (9 )     (27 )     21       4       1       1       6  
                                                                                                 
Total Borrowings
    3,622       (3,403 )     (34 )     182       2,434       3,349       405       6,188       (2,078 )     2,155       3,063       3,140  
                                                                                                 
Total
  $ 16,858     $ (2,141 )   $ 503     $ 15,220     $ 7,129     $ 4,994     $ 898     $ 13,021     $ (3,036 )   $ 4,194     $ 3,105     $ 4,263  
                                                                                                 
Change in Net Interest Income
  $ (2,970 )   $ 71     $ (325 )   $ 3,224     $ (1,197 )   $ 9,063     $ 148     $ 8,014     $ (7,234 )   $ 13,821     $ (4,585 )   $ 2,002  
                                                                                                 
 
 
(1) The total amount of adjustment to present interest income and yield on a fully tax-equivalent basis is $1,773, $1,809 and $1,822 in 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.
 
(2) Loans include portfolio loans, loans held for sale and nonaccrual loans, however unpaid interest on nonperforming loans has not been included for purposes of determining interest income.


48


Table of Contents

 
(3) In 2006, the yield on junior subordinated debentures, the interest rate spread and the net interest margin includes the write-off of $995,000 of unamortized issuance costs related to the refinancing of $25.8 million of junior subordinated debentures. The yield on junior subordinated debentures, the interest rate spread, and the net interest margin would have been 8.69%, 3.32%, and 3.89%, respectively.
 
(4) In 2006 the change in the junior subordinated debentures interest expense is due to the write-off of $995,000 of unamortized issuance costs related to the refinancing of $25.8 million of junior subordinated debentures. In both 2005 and 2004, the change in interest expense is due to the adoption of Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Interpretation (“FIN”) No. 46 Revised, “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities — an Interpretation of Accounting Research Bulletin No. 51” (“FIN 46R”) which required the Company to deconsolidate its two subsidiary trusts (Independent Capital Trust III and Independent Capital Trust IV) on March 31, 2004. Due to FIN 46R, the junior subordinated debentures of the parent company that were previously eliminated in consolidation are now included on the consolidated balance sheet within total borrowings. The interest expense on the junior subordinated debentures is included in the calculation of net interest margin of the consolidated company, negatively impacting the net interest margin by approximately 0.13% for the twelve months ending December 31, 2004 on an annualized basis and 0.16% for the fiscal years to follow.
 
Net interest income on a fully tax-equivalent basis decreased by $3.2 million in 2006 compared to 2005. Interest income on a fully tax-equivalent basis increased by $12.0 million, or 7.6%, to $169.5 million in 2006 as compared to the prior year-end primarily contributable to the higher interest rate environment. Based upon increases in loan rates alone (not considering the impact of volume change and mix), interest income increased $11.6 million in 2006. Interest income from taxable securities decreased by $4.0, or 12.7%, to $27.2 million in 2006 as compared to the prior year. The overall yield on interest earning assets increased by 10.0% to 6.25% in 2006 as compared to 5.68% in 2005.
 
Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2006 increased to $65.0 million from the $49.8 million recorded in 2005, an increase of $15.2 million, or 30.6%, of which $16.9 million is due to the increase in rates on deposits and borrowings. The total cost of funds increased 34.3% to 2.43% for 2006 as compared to 1.81% for 2005. Average interest-bearing deposits increased $21.2 million, or 1.3% over prior year along with the cost of these deposits from 1.58% to 2.47% primarily attributable to a higher rate environment.
 
Average borrowings decreased by $70.1 million, or 11.6%, from the 2005 average balance. The majority of this decrease is attributable to a decrease in Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings of $103.2 million offset by an increase in fed funds purchased of $33.4 million. The average cost of borrowings increased to 4.56% from 4.00%.
 
Provision For Loan Losses  The provision for loan losses represents the charge to expense that is required to maintain an adequate level of allowance for loan losses. The decrease in the level of provision is the result of a combination of factors including the deceleration in the rate of loan portfolio growth in the current interest rate environment and a decreased level of net loan charge-offs in 2006. The loan portfolio increased by 0.8% in 2006 as compared to 6.5% in 2005. Net charge-offs were $2.2 million, or 0.11% of average loans, in 2006 as compared to $2.7 million, or 0.014% of average loans, in 2005. Management’s periodic evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance considers past loan loss experience, known and inherent risks in the loan portfolio, adverse situations which may affect the borrowers’ ability to repay, the estimated value of the underlying collateral, if any, and current and prospective economic conditions. Substantial portions of the Bank’s loans are secured by real estate in Massachusetts. Accordingly, the ultimate collectibility of a substantial portion of the Bank’s loan portfolio is susceptible to changes in property values within the state.
 
The provision for loan losses totaled $2.3 million in 2006, compared with $4.2 million in 2005 a decrease of $1.9 million. The Company’s allowance for loan losses as a percentage of loans increased to 1.32%, an increase of 0.8% from the 1.31% on December 31, 2005. For the year ended December 31, 2006, net loan charge-offs totaled $2.2 million, a decrease of $574,000 from the prior year. The allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2006 was 384.22% of nonperforming loans, as compared to 797.81% at the prior year-end due to a higher level of non-performing assets. The provision for loan losses covered net charge-offs by 1.1 times at December 31, 2006.


49


Table of Contents

 
The provision for loan losses is based upon management’s evaluation of the level of the allowance for loan losses in relation to the estimate of loss exposure in the loan portfolio. An analysis of individual loans and the overall risk characteristics and size of the different loan portfolios is conducted on an ongoing basis. This managerial evaluation is reviewed periodically by a third-party loan review consultant. As adjustments are identified, they are reported in the earnings of the period in which they become known.
 
Non-Interest Income  The following table sets forth information regarding non-interest income for the periods shown.
 
Table 17 — Non-Interest Income
 
                         
Years Ended December 31,
  2006     2005     2004  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Service charges on deposit accounts
  $ 14,233     $ 13,103     $ 12,345  
Investment management services
    6,128       5,287       4,683  
Mortgage banking income
    2,699       3,155       2,763  
Bank owned life insurance
    3,259       1,831       1,902  
Net (loss)/gain on sales of securities
    (3,161 )     616       1,458  
Gain on branch sale
                1,756  
Other non-interest income
    3,486       3,281       3,448  
                         
Total
  $ 26,644     $ 27,273     $ 28,355  
                         
 
Non-interest income, which is generated by deposit account service charges, investment management services, mortgage banking activities, and miscellaneous other sources, amounted to $26.6 million in 2006, a $629,000, or 2.3%, decrease from the prior year.
 
Service charges on deposit accounts, which represented 53.4% of total non-interest income in 2006, increased from $13.1 million in 2005 to $14.2 million in 2006, primarily reflecting increased overdraft fees and debit card revenue. Investment management services revenue increased by 15.9% to $6.1 million compared to $5.3 million in 2005, primarily due to growth in managed assets. Assets under administration at December 31, 2006 were $815.8 million, an increase of $135.7 million, or 20.0%, as compared to December 31, 2005.
 
Mortgage banking income of $2.7 million in 2006, decreased by 14.5% from the $3.2 million recorded in 2005. The decrease is primarily attributable to a lower volume of mortgage sales in 2006 as compared to 2005. The Bank’s mortgage banking revenue consists primarily of servicing released premiums, net servicing income, and gains and losses on the sale of loans which includes application fees and origination fees on sold loans. Gains and losses on sales of mortgage loans are recorded as mortgage banking income. The gains and losses resulting from the sales of loans with servicing retained are adjusted to recognize the present value of future servicing fee income over the estimated lives of the related loans. Residential real estate loans and the related servicing rights are sold on a flow basis. Mortgage servicing rights are amortized on a method that approximates the estimated weighted average life of the underlying loans serviced for others. Amortization is recorded as a charge against mortgage service fee income, a component of mortgage banking income. Rockland’s assumptions with respect to prepayments, which affect the estimated average life of the loans, are adjusted periodically to consider market consensus loan prepayment predictions at that date. At December 31, 2006 the mortgage servicing rights asset was $2.4 million, or 0.83%, of the serviced loan portfolio. At December 31, 2005 the mortgage servicing rights asset was $2.9 million, or 0.86%, of the serviced loan portfolio.
 
BOLI income for 2006 includes $1.3 million of a death benefit received on a former employee covered under the BOLI program leading to the increase in BOLI income of $1.4 million in 2006 as compared to 2005.
 
Net security losses were $3.2 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2006 as compared to net security gains of $616,000 for the same period in 2005.


50


Table of Contents

 
Other non-interest income increased by $205,000, or 6.2% for the twelve months ended December 31, 2006, mainly due to improved checkbook revenue, commercial loan late charge fees and unrealized gains on trading assets.
 
Non-Interest Expense  The following table sets forth information regarding non-interest expense for the periods shown.
 
Table 18 — Non-Interest Expense
 
                         
Years Ended December 31,
  2006     2005     2004  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Salaries and employee benefits
  $ 47,890     $ 47,912     $ 44,899  
Occupancy and equipment expenses
    10,060       10,070       8,894  
Data processing and facilities management
    4,440       4,091       4,474  
Recovery on WorldCom bond claims
    (1,892 )            
Merger and acquisition
                684  
Other
                       
Advertising
    1,364       1,959       2,447  
Telephone
    1,298       1,385       1,777  
Postage
    1,056       1,006       942  
Debit card and ATM processing
    1,187       940       624  
Software maintenance
    963       873       308  
Consulting
    895       794       1,701  
Examinations and audits
    805       785       626  
Legal fees
    665       641       478  
Business development
    178       157       482  
Other non-interest expense
    10,445       10,002       9,355  
                         
Total other
    18,856       18,542       18,740  
                         
Total
  $ 79,354     $ 80,615     $ 77,691  
                         
 
Non-interest expense decreased by $1.3 million, or 1.6%, during the year ended December 31, 2006 as compared to the same period last year. Salaries and employee benefits decreased by $22,000, or 0.1%, for the year ended December 31, 2006, as compared to the prior year mainly due to decreases in incentive compensation and sales commissions offset by an increase in the cost of employee retirement plan programs.
 
Occupancy and equipment expenses decreased $10,000, or 0.1%, for the twelve months ended December 31, 2006.
 
Data processing and facilities management expense has increased $349,000, or 8.5%, for the twelve months ended December 31, 2006, compared to the same period in 2005, largely as a result of contractual increases.
 
As previously announced, during the fourth quarter of 2006, the Company recovered $1.9 million on an impairment charge recognized in 2002 of $4.4 million on its investment in WorldCom bonds through settlement proceeds received from its claims in a class action case brought against WorldCom and from the WorldCom Victim Trust.
 
Other non-interest expenses increased by $314,000, or 1.7%, for the twelve months ended December 31, 2006, as compared to the same period in the prior year. The increase in the twelve month period is due to increased debit card and ATM processing, software maintenance and a prepayment penalty on borrowings.
 
Minority Interest  Effective March 31, 2004, the Company no longer reports the interest payable, net of the amortization of the issuance costs, on the trust preferred as Minority Interest. Rather, the interest expense on the


51


Table of Contents

junior subordinated debentures, offset by the amortization of the issuance costs, is captured in borrowings expense. See Junior Subordinated Debentures in Item 7 hereof.
 
Minority Interest expense was zero in 2006 and 2005 and $1.1 million in 2004. Interest expense on the junior subordinated debentures, reported in interest on borrowings, was $5.5 million in 2006, $4.5 million in 2005 and $3.3 million in 2004. In 2006, interest expense on junior subordinated debentures includes the write-off of $995,000 of unamortized issuance costs associated with the refinancing of the junior subordinated debentures issued to Trust III. See Junior Subordinated Debentures in Item 7 hereof.
 
Income Taxes  For the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 the Company recorded combined federal and state income tax provisions of $14.8 million, $15.1 million and $13.6 million, respectively. These provisions reflect effective income tax rates of 31.0%, 31.3% and 30.7%, in 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively, which are less than the Bank’s blended federal and state statutory tax rate of 41.8%. The lower effective income tax rates are attributable to certain non-taxable interest and dividends, certain tax efficiency strategies employed by the Company, and tax credits. The effective rate decreased 30 basis points for 2006 as compared to 2005 mainly due to a decrease in securities held at the Company’s state tax advantaged security corporations year over year. The recognition of $1.5 million of New Markets Tax Credits in 2006 and 2005 and of $750,000 in 2004 has improved the Company’s effective rate by 3.2%, 3.1% and 1.7% for 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.
 
During the second quarter of 2004, one of the Company’s subsidiaries (a Community Development Entity, or “CDE”) was awarded $30.0 million in tax credit allocation authority under the New Markets Tax Credit Program of the United States Department of Treasury. In both 2004 and 2005, the Bank invested $15.0 million in the CDE providing it with the capital necessary to begin assisting qualified businesses in low-income communities throughout its market area. Based upon the Bank’s total $30.0 million investment, it will be eligible to receive tax credits from 2004 through 2011 totaling 39% of its investment, or $11.7 million. The Company began recognizing the benefit of these tax credits by reducing the provision for income taxes by $750,000 during 2004, and $1.5 million in both 2005 and 2006. The following table details the tax credit recognition by year based upon the $15.0 million invested in 2004 and 2005.
 
Table 19 — New Markets Tax Credit Recognition Schedule
 
                                                                                                 
                                                          Remaining
    Recognized In
       
Investment     2004     2005     2006     2007     2008     2009     2010     2011     Total     2004 — 2006     Total  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
2004
  $ 15M     $ 750     $ 750     $ 750     $ 900     $ 900     $ 900     $ 900     $     $ 3,600     $ 2,250     $ 5,850  
2005
  $ 15M           $ 750     $ 750     $ 750     $ 900     $ 900     $ 900     $ 900     $ 4,350     $ 1,500     $ 5,850  
                                                                                                 
Total
  $ 30M     $ 750     $ 1,500     $ 1,500     $ 1,650     $ 1,800     $ 1,800     $ 1,800     $ 900     $ 7,950     $ 3,750     $ 11,700  
                                                                                                 
 
During 2006, the Company, through another of its CDE subsidiaries, was awarded another $45.0 million in tax credit allocation authority under the New Markets Tax Credit Program. The Company will be eligible to receive tax credits over a seven year period totaling 39% beginning from the date of each of its capital investments in the CDE subsidiary which received the $45.0 million award. No tax credits were recognized in 2006 related to this award.
 
The tax effects of all income and expense transactions are recognized by the Company in each year’s consolidated statements of income regardless of the year in which the transactions are reported for income tax purposes.
 
Comparison of 2005 vs. 2004  The Company’s assets increased to $3.0 billion in 2005, an increase of $97.8 million, or 3.3%, from the $2.9 billion reported in 2004. Securities decreased by $101.6 million, or 12.4%, to $716.6 million at December 31, 2005 from $818.2 million a year earlier. Loans increased by $124.5 million, or 6.5%, during the twelve months ended December 31, 2005. At December 31, 2005, deposits of $2.2 billion were $145.3 million, or 7.1%, higher than the prior year-end. Core deposits increased $65.4 million, or 4.1%, and time deposits increased $79.9 million, or 17.8%. Borrowings were $587.8 million at December 31, 2005, a decrease of $67.4 million from December 31, 2004. During 2004, the Company completed the acquisition of Falmouth Bancorp, Inc., parent of Falmouth Co-Operative Bank (“Falmouth”) resulting in total assets acquired of


52


Table of Contents

$158.4 million, total liabilities assumed of $141.6 million, or $16.8 million of net assets. For more insight into the acquisition see the 2004 Form 10-K.
 
Net income for 2005 was $33.2 million, or $2.14 per diluted share, compared to $30.8 million, or $2.03 per diluted share, for 2004. Return on average assets and return on average equity were 1.11% and 15.10%, respectively, for 2005 and 1.13% and 16.27%, respectively, for 2004.
 
Net interest income on a fully tax-equivalent basis increased by $8.0 million in 2005 compared to $99.6 million in 2004. Interest income on a fully tax-equivalent basis increased by $21.0 million, or 15.4%, to $157.5 million in 2005 as compared to the prior year-end primarily contributable to the growth in the average loan portfolio of $243.7 million to $2.0 billion during 2005. Based upon loan volume growth alone (not considering the impact of rate change and mix), interest income increased $14.1 million in 2005. Interest income from taxable securities decreased by $361,000, or 1.1%, to $31.2 million in 2005 as compared to the prior year. The overall yield on interest earning assets increased by 5.0% to 5.68% in 2005 as compared to 5.41% in 2004.
 
Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2005 increased to $49.8 million from the $36.8 million recorded in 2004, an increase of $13.0 million, or 35.4%, of which $7.1 million is due to the increase in rates on deposits and borrowings. The total cost of funds increased 23.1% to 1.81% for 2005 as compared to 1.47% for 2004. Helping to offset some of the increase in the total cost of funds was a $36.5 million, or 7.6%, increase in non-interest bearing demand deposit balances. Average interest-bearing deposits increased $124.2 million, or 8.2%, over prior year along with the cost of these deposits from 1.26% to 1.58%, attributable to both a higher rate environment and increases in higher yielding deposit categories.
 
Average borrowings increased by $91.0 million, or 17.8%, from the 2004 average balance. The majority of this increase is attributable to an increase in Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings of $61.0 million with an additional $12.7 million of the increase resulting from the inclusion of junior subordinated debentures in borrowings for the full year in 2005 as compared to ten months in 2004 (see Junior Subordinated Debentures in Item 7 hereof). The average cost of borrowings increased to 4.00% from 3.50%.
 
For the year ended December 31, 2005, net loan charge-offs totaled $2.7 million, an increase of $879,000 from the prior year reflecting the change in the bankruptcy law in 2005. The allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2005 was 797.81% of nonperforming loans, as compared to 932.53% at the prior year-end.
 
Non-interest income, which is generated by deposit account service charges, investment management services, mortgage banking activities, and miscellaneous other sources, amounted to $27.3 million in 2005, a $1.1 million, or 3.8%, decrease from the prior year. The majority of the decrease is attributable to the sale of a bank branch in North Eastham, MA during the fourth quarter of 2004 that resulted in a pre-tax gain of approximately $1.8 million, as well as a decrease in net securities sales gains of $842,000. Service charges on deposit accounts, which represented 48.3% of total non-interest income in 2005, increased from $12.3 million in 2004 to $13.1 million in 2005, reflecting strong organic growth in core deposits, a full year of earnings related to the acquired deposits in 2005 and increased service charges on overdrafts and return check charges implemented in August 2005. Investment management services revenue increased by 12.9% to $5.3 million compared to $4.7 million in 2004, due to growth in managed assets. Assets under administration at December 31, 2005 were $680.1 million, an increase of $116.1 million, or 20.6%, as compared to December 31, 2004.
 
Mortgage banking income of $3.2 million in 2005 increased by 14.2% from the $2.8 million recorded in 2004. The increase is a result of selling a higher percentage of loan production and changes in market rates favorably impacting servicing asset amortization.
 
At December 31, 2005 the mortgage servicing rights asset was $2.9 million, or 0.86%, of the serviced loan portfolio. At December 31, 2004 the mortgage servicing rights asset was $3.3 million, or 0.84%, of the serviced loan portfolio.
 
Net security gains were $616,000 for the twelve months ended December 31, 2005 as compared to $1.5 million for the same period in 2004, a decrease of $842,000, or 57.8%.
 
Other non-interest income decreased by $290,000, or 8.4%, for the twelve months ended December 31, 2005, mainly due to a decrease in commercial loan prepayment fees.


53


Table of Contents

 
Non-interest expense increased by $2.8 million, or 3.6%, during the year ended December 31, 2005 as compared to the same period in the prior year. Salaries and employee benefits increased by $3.0 million, or 6.7%, for the year ended December 31, 2005, as compared to the prior year reflecting annual merit increases for employees, select additions to staff to support strategic initiatives, severance expense due to position eliminations of $333,000 recognized during the quarter ended December 31, 2005, an annual increase in performance based incentive compensation of $399,000, as well as increases in pension costs of $634,000 and medical insurance of $303,000.
 
Occupancy and equipment expenses increased $1.2 million, or 13.2%, for the twelve months ended December 31, 2005. The increase in this expense is primarily driven by facilities rent associated with the Falmouth Bancorp, Inc. acquisition which closed in mid-2004, closed branch lease buyout expense and the accelerated write-off of assets associated with these branch closings, two de novo branches, and increased depreciation expense related to a new phone system installed in 2004. Snow removal cost also increased by $165,000 on a year over year basis due to the inclement weather experienced in the early part of 2005.
 
Data processing and facilities management expense has decreased $383,000, or 8.6%, for the twelve months ended December 31, 2005, compared to the same period in 2004, as a result of a new data processing contract finalized in the latter part of 2004.
 
Merger and acquisition expense of $684,000 related to the purchase of Falmouth Bancorp, Inc. was recognized in the twelve months ended December 31, 2004. No merger and acquisition expense was recognized in 2005.
 
Other non-interest expenses decreased by $321,000, or 1.7%, for the twelve months ended December 31, 2005, as compared to the same period in the prior year. The decrease in the twelve month period is due to lower consultant fees of $907,000, advertising expense of $488,000, telephone expense of $392,000, and business development fees of $325,000. These charges were offset by increases in software maintenance fees of $565,000, ATM and debit card services of $316,000 related primarily to system conversion charges, and internet banking expense of $215,000.
 
Risk Management  The Company’s Board of Directors and executive management have identified seven significant “Risk Categories” consisting of credit, interest rate, liquidity, operations, compliance, reputation and strategic risk. The Board of Directors has approved a Risk Management Policy that addresses each category of risk. The chief executive officer, chief financial officer, chief technology and operations officer, the senior lending officer and other members of management provide regular reports to the Board of Directors that review the level of risk to limits established by the Risk Management Policy and other Policies approved by the Board of Directors that address risk and any key risk issues and plans to address these issues.
 
Asset/Liability Management  The Bank’s asset/liability management process monitors and manages, among other things, the interest rate sensitivity of the balance sheet, the composition of the securities portfolio, funding needs and sources, and the liquidity position. All of these factors, as well as projected asset growth, current and potential pricing actions, competitive influences, national monetary and fiscal policy, and the regional economic environment are considered in the asset/liability management process.
 
The Asset/Liability Management Committee (“ALCO”), whose members are comprised of the Bank’s senior management, develops procedures consistent with policies established by the Board of Directors, which monitor and coordinate the Bank’s interest rate sensitivity and the sources, uses, and pricing of funds. Interest rate sensitivity refers to the Bank’s exposure to fluctuations in interest rates and its effect on earnings. If assets and liabilities do not re-price simultaneously and in equal volume, the potential for interest rate exposure exists. It is management’s objective to maintain stability in the growth of net interest income through the maintenance of an appropriate mix of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities and, when necessary, within prudent limits, through the use of off-balance sheet hedging instruments such as interest rate swaps, floors and caps. The Committee employs simulation analyses in an attempt to quantify, evaluate, and manage the impact of changes in interest rates on the Bank’s net interest income. In addition, the Bank engages an independent consultant to render advice with respect to asset and liability management strategy.
 
The Bank is careful to increase deposits without adversely impacting the weighted average cost of those funds. Accordingly, management has implemented funding strategies that include FHLB advances and repurchase


54


Table of Contents

agreement lines. These non-deposit funds are also viewed as a contingent source of liquidity and, when profitable lending and investment opportunities exist, access to such funds provides a means to leverage the balance sheet.
 
From time to time, the Bank has utilized interest rate swap agreements and interest rates caps and floors as hedging instruments against interest rate risk. An interest rate swap is an agreement whereby one party agrees to pay a floating rate of interest on a notional principal amount in exchange for receiving a fixed rate of interest on the same notional amount for a predetermined period of time from a second party. Interest rate caps and floors are agreements whereby one party agrees to pay a floating rate of interest on a notional principal amount for a predetermined period of time to a second party if certain market interest rate thresholds are realized. The assets relating to the notional principal amount are not actually exchanged.
 
At December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005 the Company had interest rate swaps, designated as “cash flow” hedges. The purpose of these swaps is to hedge the variability in the cash outflows of LIBOR-based borrowings attributable to changes in interest rates. The table below shows interest rate derivatives the Company held as of December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005:
 
Table 20 — Interest Rate Derivatives
 
                                                                 
    As of December 31, 2006  
                                          Market
 
                            Receive
        Pay Fixed
  Value at
 
    Notional
    Trade
    Effective
    Maturity
    (Variable)
    Current Rate
  Swap Rate/
  December 31,
 
    Amount     Date     Date     Date     Index     Received   Cap Strike Rate   2006  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Interest Rate Swaps
                                                       
    $ 25,000       16-Jan-04       21-Jan-04       21-Jan-07       3 Month LIBOR        5.37 %      2.49 %   $ 47  
    $ 35,000       18-Jan-05       20-Jan-05       20-Jan-10       3 Month LIBOR       5.37 %     4.06 %   $ 936  
    $ 25,000       16-Feb-06       28-Dec-06       28-Dec-16       3 Month LIBOR       5.36 %     5.04 %   $ 82  
    $ 25,000       16-Feb-06       28-Dec-06       28-Dec-16       3 Month LIBOR       5.36 %     5.04 %   $ 89  
                                                                 
Total
  $ 110,000                                               Total     $ 1,154  
Interest Rate Caps
                                                       
    $ 100,000       27-Jan-05       31-Jan-05       31-Jan-08       3 Month LIBOR       5.38 %     4.00 %   $ 1,284  
                                                                 
Grand Total
  $ 210,000                                                          
                                            Grand Total        $ 2,438  
                                                     
 
                                                                 
    As of December 31, 2005  
                                          Market
 
                            Receive
        Pay Fixed
  Value at
 
    Notional
    Trade
    Effective
    Maturity
    (Variable)
    Current Rate
  Swap Rate/
  December 31,
 
    Amount     Date     Date     Date     Index     Received   Cap Strike Rate   2005  
 
Interest Rate Swaps
                                                       
    $ 25,000       20-Sep-02       21-Nov-03       21-Nov-06       3 Month LIBOR        4.37 %      3.65 %   $ 237  
    $ 25,000       20-Sep-02       21-Nov-03       21-Nov-06       3 Month LIBOR       4.37 %     3.65 %   $ 237  
    $ 25,000       16-Jan-04       21-Jan-04       21-Jan-07       3 Month LIBOR       4.18 %     2.49 %   $ 588  
    $ 35,000       18-Jan-05       20-Jan-05       20-Jan-10       3 Month LIBOR       4.17 %     4.06 %   $ 905  
                                                                 
Total
  $ 110,000                                               Total     $ 1,967  
Interest Rate Caps
                                                       
    $ 100,000       27-Jan-05       31-Jan-05       31-Jan-08       3 Month LIBOR       4.26 %     4.00 %   $ 1,655  
                                                                 
Grand Total
  $ 210,000                                                          
                                            Grand Total        $ 3,622  
                                                     
 
During February, 2006 the Company entered into two forward starting swaps, each with a $25.0 million notional amount, with the intention of hedging $50.0 million variable rate (LIBOR plus 148 basis points) trust preferred securities. On December 28, 2006, these forward starting swaps became effective when Trust V issued $50.0 million of trust preferred securities (see Junior Subordinated Debentures within Item 7. hereof) which pay interest at a variable rate of interest of LIBOR plus 148 basis points. Through these swaps the Company has effectively locked in a fixed rate of 6.52% on that debt obligation.


55


Table of Contents

 
As a result of the prolonged flat/inverted yield curve environment and the resulting strategy to de-leverage the balance sheet, management unwound $50.0 million of notional value of interest rate swaps hedging 3 month revolving FHLB advances tied to LIBOR and paid down the underlying borrowings. The influx of liquidity associated with cash flows from the securities portfolio not being reinvested made the borrowings unnecessary. Gains of $237,000 and $215,000 were realized against interest expense in the first quarter of 2006 and the third quarter of 2005, respectively, associated with the sale of these interest rate swaps.
 
Additionally, the Company enters into commitments to fund residential mortgage loans with the intention of selling them in the secondary markets. The Company also enters into forward sales agreements for certain funded loans and loan commitments to protect against changes in interest rates. The Company records unfunded commitments and forward sales agreements at fair value with changes in fair value as a component of Mortgage Banking Income.
 
The following table sets forth the fair value of residential mortgage loan commitments and forward sales agreements at the periods indicated:
 
Table 21 — Fair Value of Residential Mortgage Loan Commitments and Forward Sales Agreements
 
                 
    Fair Value at  
    December 31,
    December 31,
 
    2006     2005  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Residential Mortgage Loan Commitments
  $ 93     $ 108  
Forward Sales Agreements
  $ 60     $ (22 )
 
                 
    Change for the Twelve Months
 
    Ended December 31,  
    2006     2005  
 
Residential Mortgage Loan Commitments
  $ (15 )   $ (40 )
Forward Sales Agreements
  $ 82     $ 25  
                 
Total Change in Fair Value
  $ 67     $ (15 )
                 
 
Changes in these fair values are recorded as a component of mortgage banking income.
 
Market Risk  Market risk is the sensitivity of income to changes in interest rates, foreign exchange rates, commodity prices and other market-driven rates or prices. The Company has no trading operations, with the exception of funds managed by the Company’s investment management group and that are held within a trust to fund non-qualified executive retirement obligations (see Note 3, Trading Assets, in Item 8 hereof), and thus is only exposed to non-trading market risk.
 
Interest-rate risk is the most significant non-credit risk to which the Company is exposed. Interest-rate risk is the sensitivity of income to changes in interest rates. Changes in interest rates, as well as fluctuations in the level and duration of assets and liabilities, affect net interest income, the Company’s primary source of revenue. Interest-rate risk arises directly from the Company’s core banking activities. In addition to directly impacting net interest income, changes in the level of interest rates can also affect the amount of loans originated, the timing of cash flows on loans and securities and the fair value of securities and derivatives as well as other affects.
 
The primary goal of interest-rate risk management is to control this risk within limits approved by the Board. These limits reflect the Company’s tolerance for interest-rate risk over both short-term and long-term horizons. The Company attempts to control interest-rate risk by identifying, quantifying and, where appropriate, hedging its exposure. The Company manages its interest-rate exposure using a combination of on and off-balance sheet instruments, primarily fixed rate portfolio securities, and interest rate swaps.
 
The Company quantifies its interest-rate exposures using net interest income simulation models, as well as simpler gap analysis, and Economic Value of Equity (EVE) analysis. Key assumptions in these simulation analyses


56


Table of Contents

relate to behavior of interest rates and behavior of the Company’s deposit and loan customers. The most material assumptions relate to the prepayment of mortgage assets (including mortgage loans and mortgage-backed securities) and the life and sensitivity of nonmaturity deposits (e.g. DDA, NOW, savings and money market). The risk of prepayment tends to increase when interest rates fall. Since future prepayment behavior of loan customers is uncertain, the resultant interest rate sensitivity of loan assets cannot be determined exactly.
 
To mitigate these uncertainties, the Company gives careful attention to its assumptions. In the case of prepayment of mortgage assets, assumptions are derived from published dealer median prepayment estimates for comparable mortgage loans.
 
The Company manages the interest-rate risk inherent in its mortgage banking operations by entering into forward sales contracts. An increase in market interest rates between the time the Company commits to terms on a loan and the time the Company ultimately sells the loan in the secondary market will have the effect of reducing the gain (or increasing the loss) the Company records on the sale. The Company attempts to mitigate this risk by entering into forward sales commitments in amounts sufficient to cover all closed loans and a majority of rate-locked loan commitments.
 
The Company’s policy on interest-rate risk simulation specifies that if interest rates were to shift gradually up or down 200 basis points, estimated net interest income for the subsequent 12 months should decline by less than 6.0%. The Company was well within policy limits at December 31, 2006 and 2005.
 
The Company’s earnings are not directly and materially impacted by movements in foreign currency rates or commodity prices. Movements in equity prices may have an indirect but modest impact on earnings by affecting the volume of activity or the amount of fees from investment-related business lines.
 
The following table sets forth the estimated effects on the Company’s net interest income over a 12-month period following the indicated dates in the event of the indicated increases or decreases in market interest rates:
 
Table 22 — Interest Rate Sensitivity
 
                 
    200 Basis Point
    200 Basis Point
 
    Rate Increase     Rate Decrease  
 
December 31, 2006
    (2.72 %)     (0.78 %)
December 31, 2005
    (1.56 %)     (0.87 %)
 
The results implied in the above table indicate estimated changes in simulated net interest income for the subsequent 12 months assuming a gradual shift up or down in market rates of 200 basis points across the entire yield curve. It should be emphasized, however, that the results are dependent on material assumptions such as those discussed above. For instance, asymmetrical rate behavior can have a material impact on the simulation results. If competition for deposits forced the Company to raise rates on those liabilities quicker than is assumed in the simulation analysis without a corresponding increase in asset yields, net interest income may be negatively impacted. Alternatively, if the Company is able to lag increases in deposit rates as loans re-price upward net interest income would be positively impacted.
 
The most significant factors affecting market risk exposure of the Company’s net interest income during 2006 were (i) changes in the composition and prepayment speeds of mortgage assets and loans, (ii) the shape of the U.S. Government securities and interest rate swap yield curve, (iii) the level of U.S. prime interest rates, and (iv) the level of rates paid on deposit accounts.


57


Table of Contents

 
The table below provides information about the Company’s derivative financial instruments and other financial instruments that are sensitive to changes in interest rates, including interest rate swaps, interest rate caps and debt obligations. For debt obligations, the table presents principal cash flows and related weighted average interest rates by expected maturity dates. For interest rate swaps, the table presents notional amounts and weighted average interest rates by expected maturity dates. Notional amounts are used to calculate the contractual payments to be exchanged under the contract. Weighted average variable rates are based on implied forward rates at the reporting date. For interest rate caps, the table presents notional amounts by expected maturity dates, as well as the strike rate, and the anticipated average interest rate the cap will pay based upon the implied forward rates at the reporting date.
 
Table 23 — Expected Maturities of Long Term Debt and Interest Rate Derivatives
 
                                                                 
    2007     2008     2009     2010     2011     Thereafter     Total     Fair Value  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
LIABILITIES
                                                               
Long Term debt:
                                                               
Fixed Rate
  $ 3     $ 25,003     $ 3     $ 50,003     $ 20,003     $ 50,113     $ 145,128     $ 150,008  
Average interest rate
    3.75 %     2.66 %     3.75 %     4.95 %     4.82 %     4.89 %     4.52 %        
Variable Rate
                                                 
Average interest rate
                                                 
INTEREST RATE DERIVATIVES
                                                               
Interest Rate Swaps:
                                                               
Variable to Fixed
  $ 25,000     $           $ 35,000           $ 50,000     $ 110,000     $ 1,154  
Average pay rate
    2.49 %                 4.06 %           5.04 %     4.15 %        
Average receive rate
    5.37 %                 4.96 %           5.07 %     5.10 %        
Fixed to Variable
                                                 
Average pay rate
                                                 
Average receive rate
                                                 
Interest Rate Cap:
                                                               
Variable Rate with Interest Rate Cap
        $ 100,000                                   $ 1,284  
Interest rate cap strike rate
          4.00 %                                      
Net receive rate (1)
          1.20 %                                      
 
 
(1) Represents anticipated weighted average rate received from the interest rate cap.
 
Liquidity  Liquidity, as it pertains to the Company, is the ability to generate adequate amounts of cash in the most economical way for the institution to meet its ongoing obligations to pay deposit withdrawals and to fund loan commitments. The Company’s primary sources of funds are deposits, borrowings, and the amortization, prepayment and maturities of loans and securities.
 
The Bank utilizes its extensive branch network to access retail customers who provide a stable base of in-market core deposits. These funds are principally comprised of demand deposits, interest checking accounts, savings accounts, and money market accounts. Deposit levels are greatly influenced by interest rates, economic conditions, and competitive factors. The Bank has also established repurchase agreements, with major brokerage firms as potential sources of liquidity. At December 31, 2006, the Company had $25.0 million outstanding of such repurchase agreements. In addition to agreements with brokers, the Bank also had customer repurchase agreements outstanding amounting to $83.2 million at December 31, 2006. As a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank, the Bank has access to approximately $508.9 million of borrowing capacity. On December 31, 2006, the Bank had $305.1 million outstanding in FHLB borrowings.
 
The Company, as a separately incorporated bank holding company, has no significant operations other than serving as the sole stockholder of the Bank. Its commitments and debt service requirement, at December 31, 2006, consist of junior subordinated debentures, including accrued interest, issued to two unconsolidated subsidiaries, $25.8 million to Independent Capital Trust IV and $51.5 million to Independent Capital Trust V, in connection with the issuance of 8.375% Capital Securities due in 2032 and variable rate (LIBOR plus 1.48%) Capital Securities due in 2037, for which the Company has locked in a fixed rate of interest of 6.52% for 10 years through an interest rate swap. See Note 8 “Borrowings” of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements of Item 8 hereof for the Company’s intention to call the junior subordinated debentures issued to Independent Capital Trust IV in April 2007. The


58


Table of Contents

Parent’s only obligations relate to its reporting obligations under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended and related expenses as a publicly traded company. The Company funds virtually all expenses through dividends paid by the Bank.
 
The Company actively manages its liquidity position under the direction of the Asset/Liability Management Committee. Periodic review under prescribed policies and procedures is intended to ensure that the Company will maintain adequate levels of available funds. At December 31, 2006 the Company’s liquidity position was well above policy guidelines. Management believes that the Bank has adequate liquidity available to respond to current and anticipated liquidity demands.
 
Capital Resources  The Federal Reserve Board (“FRB”), the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”), and other regulatory agencies have established capital guidelines for banks and bank holding companies. Risk-based capital guidelines issued by the federal regulatory agencies require banks to meet a minimum Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 4.0% and a total risk-based capital ratio of 8.0%. At December 31, 2006, the Company and the Bank exceeded the minimum requirements for Tier 1 risk-based and total risk-based capital.
 
A minimum requirement of 4.0% Tier 1 leverage capital is also mandated. On December 31, 2006, the Tier 1 leverage capital ratio for the Company and the Bank was 8.05% and 7.60%, respectively.
 
Table 24 — Capital Ratios for the Company and the Bank
 
                 
    At December 31,  
    2006     2005  
 
The Company
               
Tier 1 leverage capital ratio
    8.05 %     7.71 %
Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio
    11.05 %     10.74 %
Total risk-based capital ratio
    12.30 %     11.99 %
The Bank
               
Tier 1 leverage capital ratio
    7.60 %     7.22 %
Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio
    10.42 %     10.07 %
Total risk-based capital ratio
    11.67 %     11.32 %
 
(See Note 17, “Regulatory Capital Requirementsof Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 hereof.)
 
On January 19, 2006, the Company’s Board of Directors approved a common stock repurchase program. Under the program, the Company was authorized to repurchase up to 800,000 shares, or approximately 5% of the Company’s outstanding common stock. During the quarter ended September 30, 2006, the Company completed its repurchase plan with a total of 800,000 shares of common stock repurchased at a weighted average share price of $31.04.
 
On December 14, 2006, the Company’s Board of Directors approved another common stock repurchase program. Under the program, which was effective immediately, the Company is authorized to repurchase up to 1,000,000 shares, or approximately 7% of the Company’s outstanding common stock. The Company placed no deadline on the repurchase program, but expects to make open market or privately negotiated purchases from time to time. The timing and amount of stock repurchases will depend upon market conditions, securities law limitations, and other corporate considerations. The repurchase program may be modified, suspended, or terminated by the Board of Directors at any time.


59


Table of Contents

 
Contractual Obligations, Commitments, Contingencies, and Off-Balance Sheet Financial Instruments
 
The Company has entered into contractual obligations and commitments and off-balance sheet financial instruments. The following tables summarize the Company’s contractual cash obligations and other commitments and off-balance sheet financial instruments at December 31, 2006.
 
Table 25 — Contractual Obligations, Commitments, and
Off-Balance Sheet Financial Instruments by Maturity
 
                                         
    Payments Due — By Period  
          Less than
    One to
    Four to
    After Five
 
Contractual Obligations
  Total     One Year     Three Years     Five Years     Years  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
FHLB advances(1)
  $ 305,128     $ 160,003     $ 25,006     $ 70,006     $ 50,113  
Junior subordinated debentures(1)
    77,320                         77,320  
Lease obligations
    13,327       2,389       4,169       2,715       4,054  
Data processing and core systems
    18,592       5,321       9,803       3,468        
Other vendor contracts
    2,414       1,452       962              
Retirement benefit obligations(2)
    26,064       173       465       596       24,830  
Other
                                       
Treasury tax & loan notes
    2,953       2,953                    
Securities sold under repurchase agreements
    25,000                   25,000        
Customer repurchase agreements
    83,248       83,248                    
                                         
Total contractual cash obligations
  $ 554,046     $ 255,539     $ 40,405     $ 101,785     $ 156,317  
                                         
 
                                         
    Amount of Commitment Expiring — By Period  
Off-Balance Sheet
        Less than
    One to
    Four to
    After
 
Financial Instruments
  Total     One Year     Three Years     Five Years     Five Years  
 
Lines of credit
  $ 303,958     $ 37,515     $     $     $ 266,443  
Standby letters of credit
    8,318       8,318                    
Other loan commitments
    249,039       219,418       22,645       4,948       2,028  
Forward commitments to sell loans
    20,478       20,478                    
Interest rate swaps — notional value(1)(3)
    110,000       25,000             35,000       50,000  
Interest rate caps — notional value(1)(4)
    100,000             100,000              
                                         
Total Commitments
  $ 791,793     $ 310,729     $ 122,645     $ 39,948     $ 318,471  
                                         
 
 
(1) The Company has hedged certain short term borrowings and junior subordinated debentures.
 
(2) Retirement benefit obligations include expected contributions to the Company’s pension plan, post retirement plan, and supplemental executive retirement plans. Expected contributions for the pension plan have been included only through plan year July 1, 2006 — June 30, 2007. Contributions beyond this plan year can not be quantified as they will be determined based upon the return on the investments in the plan. Expected contributions for the post retirement plan and supplemental executive retirement plans include obligations that are payable over the life of the participants.
 
(3) Interest rate swaps on borrowings and junior subordinated debentures (Bank pays fixed, receives variable).
 
(4) Interest rate cap on borrowings (4.00% 3-month LIBOR strike rate).
 
See Note 16, “Commitments and Contingencies,” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 hereof for a discussion of the nature, business purpose, and importance of off-balance sheet arrangements.


60


Table of Contents

 
Guarantees  FASB Interpretation No. 45, “Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others,” considers standby letters of credit, excluding commercial letters of credit and other lines of credit, a guarantee of the Bank. The Bank enters into a standby letter of credit to guarantee performance of a customer to a third party. These guarantees are primarily issued to support public and private borrowing arrangements. The credit risk involved is represented by the contractual amounts of those instruments. Under the standby letters of credit, the Bank is required to make payments to the beneficiary of the letters of credit upon request by the beneficiary so long as all performance criteria have been met. Most guarantees extend up to one year. At December 31, 2006 the maximum potential exposure amount of future payments is $8.1 million.
 
The collateral obtained is determined based upon management’s credit evaluation of the customer and may include cash, accounts receivable, inventory, property, plant, and equipment and income-producing real estate. The majority of the Bank’s letters of credit are collateralized by cash. The recourse provisions of the agreements allow the Bank to collect the cash used to collateralize the agreement. If other business assets are used as collateral and cash is not available, the Bank creates a loan for the customer with the same criteria of its other lending activities. All of the Bank’s exposure is covered by collateral. The fair value of the guarantees are $62,000 and $61,000 at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The fair value of these guarantees is not material and not reflected on the balance sheet.
 
Return on Equity and Assets  The consolidated returns on average equity and average assets for the year ended December 31, 2006 were 14.60% and 1.12%, respectively, compared to 15.10% and 1.11% reported for the same periods last year. The ratio of equity to assets was 8.1% at December 31, 2006 and 7.5% at December 31, 2005.
 
During December, 2006 the Company’s Board of Directors approved a common stock repurchase program. Under the program, the Company is authorized to repurchase up to 1,000,000 shares of the Company’s outstanding common stock. The Company began repurchasing under this program in January of 2007. During the quarter ending September 30, 2006, the Company completed a stock repurchase program approved in January of 2006. The Company purchased a total of 800,000 shares of common stock under the stock repurchase program approved in January 2006, at a weighted average share price of $31.04.
 
Dividends  The Company declared cash dividends of $0.64 per common share in 2006 and $0.60 per common share in 2005. The 2006 and 2005 ratio of dividends paid to earnings was 29.10% and 27.79% respectively.
 
Since substantially all of the funds available for the payment of dividends are derived from the Bank, future dividends will depend on the earnings of the Bank, its financial condition, its need for funds, applicable governmental policies and regulations, and other such matters as the Board of Directors deems appropriate. Management believes that the Bank will continue to generate adequate earnings to continue to pay dividends.
 
The Trustees of Trust III and Trust IV declared cash dividends of $2.16 and $2.08 per share to stockholders of record of Trust III and Trust IV, respectively in 2006. The dividends are funded through the interest paid by the Bank on the junior subordinated debentures of 8.625% and 8.375% to Trust III and Trust IV, respectively.
 
Impact of Inflation and Changing Prices  The consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto presented elsewhere herein have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America which require the measurement of financial position and operating results in terms of historical dollars without considering changes in the relative purchasing power of money over time due to inflation.
 
The financial nature of the Company’s consolidated financial statements is more clearly affected by changes in interest rates than by inflation. Interest rates do not necessarily fluctuate in the same direction or in the same magnitude as the prices of goods and services. However, inflation does affect the Company because, as prices increase, the money supply grows and interest rates are affected by inflationary expectations. The impact on the Company is a noted increase in the size of loan requests with resulting growth in total assets. In addition, operating expenses may increase without a corresponding increase in productivity. There is no precise method, however, to measure the effects of inflation on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. Accordingly, any examination or analysis of the financial statements should take into consideration the possible effects of inflation.


61


Table of Contents

 
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
 
SFAS No. 155 (“SFAS 155”), “Accounting for Certain Hybrid Financial Instruments — an amendment of FASB Statements No. 133 and 140”  In February 2006, the FASB issued SFAS 155. SFAS 155 amends SFAS 133 “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” (“SFAS 133”) and SFAS 140 “Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities” (“SFAS 140”). This Statement permits fair value remeasurement for any hybrid financial instrument that contains an embedded derivative that otherwise would require bifurcation; clarifies which interest- and principal-only strips are not subject to SFAS 133; requires an evaluation of interests in securitized financial assets to identify interests that are freestanding derivatives or that are hybrid financial instruments that contain an embedded derivative requiring bifurcation; clarifies that concentrations of credit risk in the form of subordination are not embedded derivatives; and amends SFAS 140 to eliminate the prohibition on a qualifying special purpose entity from holding a derivative financial instrument that pertains to a beneficial interest other than another derivative financial instrument. This SFAS is effective for all financial instruments acquired or issued after the beginning of an entity’s fiscal year that begins after September 15, 2006 and the fair value election may be applied upon adoption to hybrid financial instruments that had been bifurcated under SFAS 133 prior to the adoption of this statement. As this standard is effective for the Company beginning on January 1, 2007, if the Company were to acquire or issue financial instruments subsequent to that date the guidance in SFAS 155 would be applied and the Company will consider applying the fair value election to its hybrid financial instruments that have been bifurcated under SFAS 133. Upon adoption of SFAS 155 there will be no impact to the Company.
 
SFAS No. 156 (“SFAS 156”), “Accounting for Servicing of Financial Assets — an amendment of FASB Statement No. 140”  In March 2006, the FASB issued SFAS 156. SFAS 156 amends SFAS 140, “Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities”. This Statement requires an entity to recognize a servicing asset or servicing liability when it undertakes an obligation to service a financial asset in certain situations; requires separately recognized servicing assets and servicing liabilities to be initially measured at fair value, if practicable; permits an entity to choose between an amortization or fair value measurement method for each class of separately recognized servicing assets and servicing liabilities; at initial adoption, permits a one-time reclassification of available-for-sale securities to trading securities by entities with recognized servicing rights; requires separate presentation of servicing assets and servicing liabilities subsequently measured at fair value in the statement of financial position and additional disclosures for all separately recognized servicing assets and servicing liabilities. SFAS 156 is to be adopted as of the beginning of an entity’s fiscal year that begins after September 15, 2006, with earlier adoption permitted, provided the entity has not yet issued financial statements for any period of that fiscal year. The effective date of SFAS 156 is the date an entity adopts it, and an entity should apply the requirements for recognition and initial measurement of servicing assets and servicing liabilities prospectively to all transactions after the effective date. The Company has not yet adopted SFAS 156 and is not required to do so until the Company’s fiscal year that begins on January 1, 2007. The Company does not believe that the adoption of SFAS 156 will have a material impact on the Company’s financial position.
 
SFAS No. 157 (“SFAS 157”), “Fair Value Measurements”  In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS 157. SFAS 157 was issued to provide consistency and comparability in determining fair value measurements and to provide for expanded disclosures about fair value measurements. The definition of fair value maintains the exchange price notion in earlier definitions of fair value but focuses on the exit price of the asset or liability. The exit price is the price that would be received to sell the asset or paid to transfer the liability adjusted for certain inherent risks and restrictions. Expanded disclosures are also required about the use of fair value to measure assets and liabilities. The effective date is for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007, and interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company does not believe that the adoption of SFAS 157 will have a material impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.
 
SFAS No. 158 (“SFAS 158”), “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Post Retirement Plans- An Amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106, and 132(R).”  In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS 158. SFAS 158 will require companies to recognize the over-funded and under-funded status of a single employer defined benefit postretirement plans as an asset or liability in its balance sheet and to recognize changes in the funded status in comprehensive income in the year in which the change occurred. However, gains or losses, prior service costs or credits, and transition assets or obligations that have not yet been included in net periodic benefit


62


Table of Contents

cost as of the end of 2006, the fiscal year in which SFAS 158 is initially applied, are to be recognized as components of the ending balance of accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax. Additionally, SFAS 158 will require companies to measure the funded status of a plan as of the date of the fiscal year-end financial statements with limited exceptions effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2008. The Company adopted SFAS 158 as of December 31, 2006 for its “other” post retirement plans including its supplemental executive retirement plans and its post retirement benefits plan, the effects of which can be seen within Note 13 “Employee Benefits” hereof. The Company’s pension plan falls outside the scope of SFAS 158 because it is accounted for as a multiemployer plan.
 
FASB Interpretation No. 48 (“FIN 48”), “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes”  In June 2006, the FASB issued FIN 48, an interpretation of SFAS No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes,” in order to add clarity to the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in a Company’s financial statements. The interpretation requires that only tax positions that are more likely than not to be sustained upon a tax examination are to be recognized in a Company’s financial statements to the extent that the benefit has a greater than 50% likelihood of being recognized. The differences that arise between the amounts recognized in the financial statements and the amounts recognized in the tax return will lead to an increase or decrease in current taxes, an increase or decrease to the deferred tax asset or deferred tax liability, respectively, or both. FIN 48 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006 with early application encouraged if interim financial statements have not yet been issued. The adoption of FIN 48 did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial position.
 
Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) No. 108  In September 2006, the SEC issued SAB No. 108. SAB No. 108 was issued to provide guidance on the consideration of the effects of prior year misstatements in quantifying current year misstatements for the purpose of a materiality assessment. SAB No. 108 addresses the diversity in practice in quantifying financial statement misstatements and requires companies to quantify the effects of an identified unadjusted error on each financial statement and financial statement disclosure by considering the impact of prior year misstatements on the current year financial statements. Initial application of SAB No. 108 allows companies to elect not to restate prior periods but to reflect the initial application in their annual financial statements covering the first fiscal year ending after November 15, 2006. The cumulative effect of the initial application should be reported in the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities as of the beginning of that fiscal year, and the offsetting adjustment, net of tax, should be made to the opening balance of retained earnings for that year. Companies should disclose the nature and amount of each item, when and how each error being corrected arose, and the fact that the errors were previously considered immaterial. The adoption of SAB No. 108 did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations because the Company had no prior year misstatements that were material to the current year’s financial statements.
 
Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) Issue No. 06-5 (“EITF 06-5”), “Accounting for Purchases of Life Insurance — Determining the Amount That Could Be Realized in Accordance With FASB Technical Bulletin No. 85-4, Accounting for Purchases of Life Insurance”  In Issue 06-5, a determination of the amount that could be realized under an insurance contract should (1) consider any additional amounts (beyond cash surrender value) included in the contractual terms of the policy and (2) be based on assumed surrender at the individual policy or certificate level, unless all policies or certificates are required to be surrendered as a group. When it is probable that contractual restrictions would limit the amount that could be realized, such contractual limitations should be considered. Any amounts recoverable at the insurance company’s discretion should be excluded from the amount that could be realized. Fixed amounts recoverable in excess of one year should be recorded at their present values. This EITF is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006, and an entity should recognize the effects of applying the EITF through either (1) a change in accounting principle through a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings or to other components of equity or net assets as of the beginning of the year of adoption, or (2) a change in accounting principle through retrospective application to all prior periods. The Company does not believe that the adoption of EITF 06-5 will have a material impact on the Company’s financial position.
 
Item 7A.   Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
 
See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Assets and Liability Management” in Item 7 hereof.


63


Table of Contents

 
Item 8.   Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Independent Bank Corp.:
 
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Independent Bank Corp. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity, comprehensive income and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2006. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.
 
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Independent Bank Corp. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2006, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
 
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the effectiveness of Independent Bank Corp.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), and our report dated February 26, 2007 expressed an unqualified opinion on management’s assessment of, and the effective operation of, internal control over financial reporting.
 
 
Boston, Massachusetts
February 26, 2007


64


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
 
                 
    At December 31,  
    2006     2005  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
ASSETS
CASH AND DUE FROM BANKS
  $ 62,773     $ 66,289  
FEDERAL FUNDS SOLD AND ASSETS PURCHASED UNDER RESALE AGREEMENT & SHORT TERM INVESTMENTS
    75,518       63,662  
SECURITIES
               
TRADING ASSETS (Note 3)
    1,758       1,557  
SECURITIES AVAILABLE FOR SALE (Notes 1 and 4)
    417,088       581,516  
SECURITIES HELD TO MATURITY (Notes 1 and 4) (fair value $78,038 and $106,730)
    76,747       104,268  
FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK STOCK (Note 8)
    21,710       29,287  
                 
TOTAL SECURITIES
    517,303       716,628  
                 
LOANS (Notes 1 and 5) 
               
COMMERCIAL AND INDUSTRIAL
    174,356       155,081  
COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE
    740,517       683,240  
COMMERCIAL CONSTRUCTION
    119,685       140,643  
BUSINESS BANKING
    59,910       51,373  
RESIDENTIAL REAL ESTATE
    378,368       428,343  
RESIDENTIAL CONSTRUCTION
    7,277       8,316  
RESIDENTIAL LOANS HELD FOR SALE
    11,859       5,021  
CONSUMER — HOME EQUITY
    277,015       251,852  
CONSUMER — AUTO
    206,845       263,179  
CONSUMER — OTHER
    49,077       53,760  
                 
TOTAL LOANS
    2,024,909       2,040,808  
LESS: ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES
    (26,815 )     (26,639 )
                 
NET LOANS
    1,998,094       2,014,169  
                 
BANK PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT, NET (Notes 1 and 6)
    37,316       37,431  
GOODWILL (Notes 1 and 10)
    55,078       55,078  
CORE DEPOSIT INTANGIBLES (Notes 1 and 10)
    1,457       1,780  
MORTGAGE SERVICING RIGHTS (Note 1)
    2,439       2,892  
BANK OWNED LIFE INSURANCE (Note 13)
    45,759       44,762  
OTHER ASSETS (Note 11)
    33,182       38,994  
                 
TOTAL ASSETS
  $ 2,828,919     $ 3,041,685  
                 
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
                 
                 
                 
DEPOSITS
               
DEMAND DEPOSITS
  $ 490,036     $ 511,920  
SAVINGS AND INTEREST CHECKING ACCOUNTS
    577,443       613,840  
MONEY MARKET
    455,737       550,677  
TIME CERTIFICATES OF DEPOSIT OVER $100,000 (Note 7)
    179,154       167,242  
OTHER TIME CERTIFICATES OF DEPOSIT (Note 7)
    387,974       361,815  
                 
TOTAL DEPOSITS
    2,090,344       2,205,494  
                 
FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK BORROWINGS (Note 8)
    305,128       417,477  
FEDERAL FUNDS PURCHASED AND ASSETS SOLD UNDER REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS (Note 8)
    108,248       113,335  
JUNIOR SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES (Note 8)
    77,320       51,546  
TREASURY TAX AND LOAN NOTES (Note 8)
    2,953       5,452  
                 
TOTAL BORROWINGS
    493,649       587,810  
                 
OTHER LIABILITIES
    15,143       20,229  
                 
TOTAL LIABILITIES
  $ 2,599,136     $ 2,813,533  
                 
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Note 16)
               
STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (Note 1)
               
PREFERRED STOCK, $.01 par value. Authorized: 1,000,000 Shares Outstanding: None
  $     $  
COMMON STOCK, $.01 par value. Authorized: 30,000,000
               
Issued: 14,686,481 Shares in 2006 and 15,402,391 Shares in 2005
    147       154  
SHARES HELD IN RABBI TRUST AT COST 168,961 Shares in 2006 and 170,488 Shares in 2005
    (1,786 )     (1,577 )
DEFERRED COMPENSATION OBLIGATION
    1,786       1,577  
ADDITIONAL PAID IN CAPITAL
    60,181       59,700  
RETAINED EARNINGS
    175,146       175,284  
ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE (LOSS) NET OF TAX
(Notes 1 and 16)
    (5,691 )     (6,986 )
                 
TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
    229,783       228,152  
                 
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
  $ 2,828,919     $ 3,041,685  
                 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


65


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2006     2005     2004  
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)  
 
INTEREST INCOME
                       
Interest on Loans (Notes 1 and 5)
  $ 136,387     $ 121,241     $ 100,230  
Taxable Interest and Dividends on Securities (Note 4)
    27,271       31,223       31,597  
Non-taxable Interest and Dividends on Securities (Note 4)
    2,521       2,682       2,769  
Interest on Federal Funds Sold and Short-Term Investments
    1,514       515       17  
                         
Total Interest Income
    167,693       155,661       134,613  
                         
INTEREST EXPENSE
                       
Interest on Deposits
    40,793       25,758       18,925  
Interest on Borrowings (Note 8)
    24,245       24,060       17,872  
                         
Total Interest Expense
    65,038       49,818       36,797  
                         
Net Interest Income
    102,655       105,843       97,816  
                         
PROVISION FOR LOAN LOSSES (Notes 1 and 5)
    2,335       4,175       3,018  
                         
Net Interest Income After Provision For Loan Losses
    100,320       101,668       94,798  
                         
NON-INTEREST INCOME
                       
Service Charges on Deposit Accounts
    14,233       13,103       12,345  
Investment Management Services
    6,128       5,287       4,683  
Mortgage Banking Income
    2,699       3,155       2,763  
BOLI Income (Note 13)
    3,259       1,831       1,902  
Net Loss/Gain on Sales of Securities (Note 4)
    (3,161 )     616       1,458  
Gain on Branch Sale
                1,756  
Other Non-Interest Income
    3,486       3,281       3,448  
                         
Total Non-Interest Income
    26,644       27,273       28,355  
                         
NON-INTEREST EXPENSES
                       
Salaries and Employee Benefits (Note 13)
    47,890       47,912       44,899  
Occupancy and Equipment Expenses (Notes 6 and 16)
    10,060       10,070       8,894  
Data Processing & Facilities Management
    4,440       4,091       4,474  
Advertising Expense
    1,364       1,959       2,447  
Telephone Expense
    1,298       1,385       1,777  
Consulting Expense
    895       794       1,701  
Recovery on WorldCom Bond Claim
    (1,892 )            
Merger and Acquisition Expense
                684  
Other Non-Interest Expenses (Note 14)
    15,299       14,404       12,815  
                         
Total Non-Interest Expenses
    79,354       80,615       77,691  
                         
Minority Interest Expense (Note 8)
                1,072  
                         
INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES
    47,610       48,326       44,390  
PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES (Notes 1 and 11)
    14,759       15,121       13,623  
                         
NET INCOME
  $ 32,851     $ 33,205     $ 30,767  
                         
BASIC EARNINGS PER SHARE
  $ 2.20     $ 2.16     $ 2.06  
                         
DILUTED EARNINGS PER SHARE
  $ 2.17     $ 2.14     $ 2.03  
                         
Weighted average common shares (Basic) (Notes 1, 2 and 9)
    14,938,095       15,378,187       14,963,155  
Common stock equivalents
    171,778       143,728       191,273  
                         
Weighted average common shares (Diluted) (Notes 1, 2 and 9)
    15,109,873       15,521,915       15,154,428  
                         
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


66


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
 
                                                                                 
                                                    Accumulated
       
    Common
                      Shares
    Deferred
    Additional
          Other
       
    Shares
    Treasury
    Common
    Treasury
    Held in
    Compensation
    Paid-in
    Retained
    Comprehensive
       
    Outstanding     Shares     Stock     Stock     Rabbi Trust     Obligation     Capital     Earnings     Income/(Loss)     Total  
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)  
 
BALANCE DECEMBER 31, 2003
    14,863,821       (235,667 )     149       (3,685 )     (1,281 )   $ 1,281     $ 42,292     $ 129,760     $ 3,331     $ 171,847  
                                                                                 
Net Income
                                                            30,767               30,767  
Cash Dividends Declared ($0.56 per share)
                                                            (8,397 )             (8,397 )
Proceeds From Exercise of Stock Options (Note 2)
    41,457       69,722               1,091                       14       703               1,808  
Tax Benefit on Stock Option Exercise
                                                    247                       247  
Common Stock Issued for Acquisition (Note 12)
    586,903               6                               16,862                       16,868  
Change in Fair Value of Derivatives During Period, Net of Tax, and Realized Gains (Notes 1 and 16)
                                                                    (135 )     (135 )
Deferred Compensation Obligation (Note 13)
                                    (147 )     147                                
Change in Unrealized Gain on Securities Available For Sale, Net of Tax and Realized Gains (Note 4)
                                                                    (2,262 )     (2,262 )
Elimination of Treasury Stock Due to Change in Massachusetts Law (Note 1)
    (165,945 )     165,945       (2 )     2,594                               (2,592 )              
                                                                                 
BALANCE DECEMBER 31, 2004
    15,326,236             153             (1,428 )   $ 1,428     $ 59,415     $ 150,241     $ 934     $ 210,743  
                                                                                 
Net Income
                                                            33,205               33,205  
Cash Dividends Declared ($0.60 per share)
                                                            (9,233 )             (9,233 )
Proceeds From Exercise of Stock Options (Note 2)
    76,155               1                                       1,071               1,072  
Tax Benefit on Stock Option Exercise
                                                    282                       282  
Equity Based Compensation (Notes 1 and 2)
                                                    3                       3  
Change in Fair Value of Derivatives During Period, Net of Tax, and Realized Gains (Notes 1 and 16)
                                                                    870       870  
Deferred Compensation Obligation (Note 13)
                                    (149 )     149                                
Change in Unrealized Gain on Securities Available For Sale, Net of Tax and Realized Gains (Note 4)
                                                                    (8,790 )     (8,790 )
                                                                                 
BALANCE DECEMBER 31, 2005
    15,402,391             154             (1,577 )   $ 1,577     $ 59,700     $ 175,284     $ (6,986 )   $ 228,152  
                                                                                 
Net Income
                                                            32,851               32,851  
Cash Dividends Declared ($0.64 per share)
                                                            (9,514 )             (9,514 )
Purchase of Common Stock
    (800,000 )             (8 )                                     (24,818 )             (24,826 )
Proceeds From Exercise of Stock Options (Note 2)
    82,118               1                                       1,343               1,344  
Tax Benefit Related to Equity Award Activity (Note 2)
                                                    326                       326  
Equity Based Compensation
(Notes 1 and 2)
                                                    159                       159  
Restricted Shares Issued (Notes 1 and 2)
    1,972                                               (4 )                     (4 )
Change in Fair Value of Derivatives During Period, Net of Tax, and Realized Gains (Notes 1 and 16)
                                                                    (909 )     (909 )
Deferred Compensation Obligation (Note 13)
                                    (209 )     209                                
Amounts not yet recognized as a component of net periodic post retirement cost (Note 13)
                                                                    (413 )     (413 )
Change in Unrealized Gain on Securities Available For Sale, Net of Tax and Realized Gains (Note 4)
                                                                    2,617       2,617  
                                                                                 
BALANCE DECEMBER 31, 2006
    14,686,481             147             (1,786 )   $ 1,786     $ 60,181     $ 175,146     $ (5,691 )   $ 229,783  
                                                                                 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


67


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2006     2005     2004  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Net Income
  $ 32,851     $ 33,205     $ 30,767  
Other Comprehensive Gain/(Loss), net of tax:
                       
Increase/(decrease) in unrealized gains on securities available for sale, net of tax of $586, $5,089 and $1,014, respectively
    649       (8,404 )     (1,631 )
Less: reclassification adjustment for realized losses/(gains) included in net earnings, net of tax of $1,193, $230 and $366, respectively
    1,968       (386 )     (631 )
                         
Net change in unrealized gain on securities available for sale, net of tax of $1,779, $5,321 and $1,380, respectively
    2,617       (8,790 )     (2,262 )
                         
(Decrease)/increase in fair value of derivatives during the period, net of tax of $250, $1,017 and $605, respectively
    (345 )     1,405       1,095  
Less: reclassification of realized gains on derivatives, net of tax of $408, $388 and $890, respectively
    (564 )     (535 )     (1,230 )
                         
Net change in fair value of derivatives, net of tax of $658, $629 and $285, respectively
    (909 )     870       (135 )
                         
Other Comprehensive Gain/(Loss), net of tax:
    1,708       (7,920 )     (2,397 )
                         
Comprehensive Income
  $ 34,559     $ 25,285     $ 28,370  
                         
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


68


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2006     2005     2004  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
                       
Net Income
  $ 32,851     $ 33,205     $ 30,767  
ADJUSTMENTS TO RECONCILE NET INCOME TO NET CASH PROVIDED FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
                       
Depreciation and amortization
    5,918       5,890       5,785  
Provision for loan losses
    2,335       4,175       3,018  
Deferred income tax expense (benefit)
    1,002       (2,291 )     (460 )
Loans originated for resale
    (175,767 )     (192,808 )     (153,298 )
Proceeds from mortgage loan sales
    170,337       200,140       144,610  
Gain on sale of mortgages
    (1,408 )     (1,420 )     (774 )
Proceeds from Bank Owned Life Insurance
    (1,316 )            
Net loss (gain) on sale of investments
    3,161       (616 )     (1,458 )
Gain on branch sale
                (1,756 )
Other Real Estate Owned
    (190 )            
Loss recorded from mortgage servicing rights, net of amortization
    453       399       378  
Stock based compensation expense
    159       3        
Tax benefit from stock option exercises
          282       247  
Changes in assets and liabilities:
                       
Decrease (increase) in other assets
    932       (3,544 )     (5,768 )
(Decrease) increase in other liabilities
    (5,118 )     2,276       (2,055 )
                         
TOTAL ADJUSTMENTS
    498       12,486       (11,531 )
                         
NET CASH PROVIDED FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
    33,349       45,691       19,236  
                         
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
                       
Proceeds from maturities and principal repayments of Securities Held to Maturity
    27,088       3,534       14,791  
Proceeds from maturities, principal repayments and sales of Securities Available For Sale
    173,332       216,104       187,341  
Purchase of Securities Held to Maturity
                (1,000 )
Purchase of Securities Available For Sale
    (8,525 )     (131,818 )     (343,728 )
Sale (purchase) of Federal Home Loan Bank Stock
    7,577       (874 )     (5,628 )
Net increase in Loans
    20,578       (133,095 )     (229,957 )
Investment in Bank Premises and Equipment
    (4,189 )     (5,395 )     (4,788 )
Cash used for Merger and Acquisition, net of cash acquired
          107       31,900  
Net liabilities sold in branch sale transaction
                (8,202 )
                         
NET CASH PROVIDED FROM (USED IN) INVESTING ACTIVITIES
    215,861       (51,437 )     (359,271 )
                         
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
                       
Net increase (decrease) in Time Deposits
    38,071       79,868       (48,794 )
Net (decrease) increase in Other Deposits
    (153,221 )     65,391       199,799  
Net (decrease) increase in Federal Funds Purchased and Assets Sold Under Repurchase Agreements
    (5,087 )     51,802       22,108  
Net (decrease) increase in Federal Home Loan Bank Borrowings
    (112,349 )     (120,442 )     164,064  
Net (decrease) increase in Treasury Tax & Loan Notes
    (2,499 )     1,289       (683 )
Redemption of Junior Subordinated Debentures
    (25,773 )            
Issuance of Junior Subordinated Debentures
    51,547              
Amortization/write-off of issuance costs
    1,083       88       87  
Proceeds from exercise of stock options
    1,344       1,072       1,808  
Restricted shares issued
    (4 )            
Excess tax benefit from stock option exercises
    326              
Payments for purchase of common stock
    (24,826 )            
Dividends Paid
    (9,482 )     (9,067 )     (8,153 )
                         
NET CASH (USED IN) PROVIDED FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
    (240,870 )     70,001       330,236  
                         
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
    8,340       64,255       (9,799 )
                         
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT THE BEGINNING OF THE YEAR
    129,951       65,696       75,495  
                         
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT THE END OF THE YEAR
  $ 138,291     $ 129,951     $ 65,696  
                         
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
                       
Cash paid during the year for:
                       
Interest on deposits and borrowings
  $ 63,957     $ 48,810     $ 36,721  
Interest on shares subject to mandatory redemption
                1,051  
Income taxes
    15,081       12,454       14,239  
SUPPLEMENTAL SCHEDULE OF NONCASH INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
                       
Change in fair value of derivatives, net of tax
  $ (909 )   $ 870     $ (135 )
Change in fair value of securities available for sale, net of tax
    2,617       (8,790 )     (2,262 )
Items not yet recognized as a component of net periodic post retirement cost, net of tax
    (413 )            
Issuance of shares from treasury stock for the exercise of stock options
                1,091  
In conjunction with the purchase acquisition detailed in Note 12 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, assets were acquired and liabilities were assumed as follows:
                       
Fair value of assets acquired
        $ (107 )   $ 158,438  
Fair value of liabilities assumed
                141,570  
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


69


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
(1) SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
Basis of Presentation and Consolidation
 
Independent Bank Corp. (the “Company”) is a state chartered, federally registered bank holding company headquartered in Rockland, Massachusetts incorporated in 1985. The Company is the sole stockholder of Rockland Trust Company (“Rockland” or “the Bank”), a Massachusetts trust company chartered in 1907. During 2006 the Company was also the sponsor of Delaware statutory trusts named Independent Capital Trust III (“Trust III”), Independent Capital Trust IV (“Trust IV”), and Independent Capital Trust V (“Trust V”), which had each been formed to issue trust preferred securities.
 
The proceeds which the Company derived from Trust V were used on December 31, 2006 to redeem all of the outstanding trust preferred securities of Trust III, which has since been dissolved. The Company also intends to use the proceeds derived from Trust V to redeem all of the outstanding trust preferred securities of Trust IV when they are first callable on April 30, 2007. Trust III, Trust IV, and Trust V are not included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements (see Note 8, “Borrowings” hereof).
 
As of December 31, 2006 the Bank had the following corporate subsidiaries, all of which were wholly-owned by the Bank and were included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements:
 
  •  Four Massachusetts security corporations, namely Rockland Borrowing Collateral Securities Corp., Rockland IMG Collateral Securities Corp., Rockland Deposit Collateral Securities Corp., and Taunton Avenue Securities Corp., which hold securities, loans, industrial development bonds and other qualifying assets, and;
 
  •  Rockland Trust Community Development Corporation (the “Parent CDE”) which, in turn, has two wholly-owned corporate subsidiaries named Rockland Trust Community Development LLC (“RTC CDE I”) and Rockland Trust Community Development Corporation II (“RTC CDE II”). The Parent CDE, CDE I, and CDE II were all formed to qualify as community development entities under federal New Markets Tax Credit Program criteria.
 
During 2006 the Bank also had wholly-owned subsidiaries named RTC Securities Corp., RTC Securities Corp. X, and Taunton Avenue Inc. that were dissolved prior to the end of 2006.
 
All material intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. When necessary, certain amounts in prior year financial statements have been reclassified to conform to the current year’s presentation.
 
Nature of Operations
 
Independent Bank Corp. is a one-bank holding company whose primary asset is its investment in Rockland Trust Company. Rockland is a state-chartered commercial bank, which operates 52 retail branches, 50 full service branches, nine commercial banking centers, three investment management group offices and four residential lending centers, all of which are located in the Plymouth, Barnstable, Norfolk and Bristol counties of southeastern Massachusetts and Cape Cod. Rockland’s deposits are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, subject to regulatory limits. The Company’s primary source of income is from providing loans to individuals and small-to-medium sized businesses in its market area.
 
Uses of Estimates in the Preparation of Financial Statements
 
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Actual results could vary from these estimates. Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant changes in the near-term relate to the


70


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

determination of the allowance for loan losses, income taxes, and valuation of goodwill and other intangibles and their respective analysis of impairment.
 
Significant Concentrations of Credit Risk
 
Most of the Company’s activities are with customers located within Massachusetts. Notes 3 and 4 discuss the types of securities in which the Company invests. Note 5 hereof discusses the types of lending in which the Company engages. The Company believes that it does not have any significant concentrations in any one industry or customer.
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
For purposes of reporting cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, amounts due from banks, federal funds sold and assets purchased under resale agreements. Generally, federal funds are sold for up to two week periods.
 
Securities
 
Securities that are held principally for resale in the near-term and assets used to fund certain non-qualified executive retirement obligations, which are held in the form of Rabbi Trusts, are recorded as trading assets at fair value with changes in fair value recorded in earnings. Interest and dividends are included in net interest income. Quoted market prices, when available, are used to determine the fair value of trading instruments. If quoted market prices are not available, then fair values are estimated using pricing models, quoted prices of instruments with similar characteristics, or discounted cash flows. At December 31, 2006 and 2005, all assets classified in the trading account relate to the non-qualified executive retirement obligations (see Note 13, “Employee Benefits” hereof).
 
Debt securities that management has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity are classified as “held to maturity” and recorded at amortized cost. Securities not classified as held to maturity or trading, including equity securities with readily determinable fair values, are classified as “available for sale” and recorded at fair value, with changes in fair value excluded from earnings and reported in other comprehensive income, net of the related tax.
 
Purchase premiums and discounts are recognized in interest income using the level yield method, which approximates the effective yield over the terms of the securities. Declines in the fair value of held to maturity and available for sale securities below their cost that are deemed to be other than temporary are reflected in earnings as impairment charges. The Company evaluates individual securities that have material fair values below cost for six months or longer to determine if the decline in fair value is other than temporary. Consideration is given to the obligor of the security, whether the security is guaranteed, the liquidity of the security, the type of security, the capital position of security issuers, and payment history of the security, amongst others when evaluating these individual securities.
 
When securities are sold, the adjusted cost of the specific security sold is used to compute the gain or loss on the sale. Neither the Company nor the Bank engages in the active trading of investment securities, with the exception of funds managed by the Company’s investment management group and that are held within a trust to fund non-qualified executive retirement obligations (see Note 3, Trading Assets,” hereof).
 
Loans
 
Loans are carried at the principal amounts outstanding, adjusted by partial charge-offs and net deferred loan costs or fees. Interest income for commercial, business banking, real estate, and consumer loans is accrued based upon the daily principal amount outstanding except for loans on nonaccrual status.
 
As permitted by banking regulations, consumer loans and home equity loans past due 90 days or more continue to accrue interest. In addition, certain commercial and real estate loans that are more than 90 days past due may be kept on an accruing status if the loan is well secured and in the process of collection. As a general rule, a commercial or real estate loan more than 90 days past due with respect to principal or interest is classified as a nonaccrual loan.


71


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Income accruals are suspended on all nonaccrual loans and all previously accrued and uncollected interest is reversed against current income. A loan remains on nonaccrual status until it becomes current with respect to principal and interest (and in certain instances remains current for up to three months), when the loan is liquidated, or when the loan is determined to be uncollectible and is charged-off against the allowance for loan losses.
 
Loan fees and certain direct origination costs are deferred and amortized into interest income over the expected term of the loan using the level-yield method. When a loan is paid off, the unamortized portion of the net origination fees are recognized into interest income.
 
Allowance for Loan Losses
 
The allowance for loan losses is established as losses are estimated to have occurred. Loan losses are charged against the allowance when management believes the collectibility of a loan balance is doubtful. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance.
 
The allowance for loan losses is evaluated on a regular basis by management. It is based upon management’s systematic periodic review of the collectibility of the loans in light of historical experience, the nature and volume of the loan portfolio, adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, estimated value of any underlying collateral and prevailing economic conditions. This evaluation is inherently subjective, as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available. Changes in estimates are provided currently in earnings. In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the Bank’s allowance for loan losses. Such agencies may require the institution to recognize additions to the allowance based on their judgments about information available to them at the time of their examinations.
 
A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Bank will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value, and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired. Management determines the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record, and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed. Impairment is measured on a loan by loan basis for commercial, commercial real estate, and construction loans by either the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, the loan’s obtainable market price, or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent.
 
Large groups of homogeneous loans are collectively evaluated for impairment. As such, the Bank does not typically identify individual loans within these groupings for impairment evaluation and disclosure.
 
At December 31, 2006, impaired loans include all commercial real estate loans, and commercial and industrial loans that are on nonaccrual status and certain potential problem loans.
 
Loan Servicing
 
Servicing assets are recognized as separate assets when rights are acquired through purchase or through sale of financial assets with servicing retained. Capitalized servicing rights are reported as mortgage servicing rights and are amortized into non-interest income in proportion to, and over the period of, the estimated future servicing of the underlying financial assets. Servicing assets are evaluated for impairment based upon the fair value of the rights as compared to amortized cost. Impairment is determined by stratifying rights by predominant characteristics, such as interest rates and terms. Fair value is determined using prices for similar assets with similar characteristics, when available, or based upon discounted cash flows using market-based assumptions. Impairment for an individual stratum is recognized through earnings within mortgage banking income, to the extent that fair value is less than the capitalized amount for the stratum.


72


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
Bank Premises and Equipment
 
Land is carried at cost. Bank premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line half year convention method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the lease terms or the estimated useful lives of the improvements.
 
Goodwill and Core Deposit Intangibles
 
Goodwill is the price paid over the net fair value of the acquired businesses and is not amortized. Goodwill is evaluated for impairment at least annually using fair value techniques, including multiples of price to equity and price to earnings. The Company determined that goodwill was not impaired during 2006. Should the Company ever determine goodwill to be impaired, $34.7 million of the goodwill balance is deductible for tax purposes.
 
Core deposit intangibles are identifiable intangible assets which represent the premium paid for purchased deposits and are amortized over seven years using the straight line method which approximates the expected period of time of economic benefits that are realized by the Company. Core deposit intangible is reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable.
 
The determination of which intangible assets have finite lives is subjective, as is the determination of the amortization period for such intangible assets.
 
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets Other Than Goodwill
 
The Company reviews long-lived assets, including premises and equipment, for impairment whenever events or changes in business circumstances indicate that the remaining useful life may warrant revision or that the carrying amount of the long-lived asset may not be fully recoverable. The Company performs undiscounted cash flow analyses to determine if impairment exists. If impairment is determined to exist, any related impairment loss is calculated based on fair value. Impairment losses on assets to be disposed of, if any, are based on the estimated proceeds to be received, less costs of disposal.
 
Income Taxes
 
Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are determined using the asset and liability (or balance sheet) method of accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. If current available information raises doubt as to the realization of the deferred tax assets, a valuation allowance is established. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. Income taxes are allocated to each entity in the consolidated group based on its share of taxable income. Management exercises significant judgment in evaluating the amount and timing of recognition of the resulting tax liabilities and assets, including projections of future taxable income.
 
Tax credits generated from limited partnerships and the New Markets Tax Credit program are reflected in earnings when realized for federal income tax purposes.
 
Investment Management Group
 
Assets held in a fiduciary or agency capacity for customers are not included in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, as such assets are not assets of the Company. Revenue from administrative and management activities associated with these assets is recorded on an accrual basis. Assets under administration at December 31, 2006 and 2005 were $815.8 million and $680.1 million, respectively.


73


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
Financial Instruments
 
Credit related financial instruments — In the ordinary course of business, the Bank enters into commitments to extend credit, and with the exception of commitments to originate residential mortgage loans, these financial instruments are recorded when they are funded. See below for “Derivative financial instruments,” for treatment of commitments to originate residential mortgage loans.
 
Derivative financial instruments — As part of asset/liability management, the Bank utilizes interest rate swap agreements and interest rate caps or floors, to hedge various exposures or to modify interest rate characteristics of various balance sheet accounts. An interest rate swap is an agreement whereby one party agrees to pay a floating rate of interest on a notional principal amount in exchange for receiving a fixed rate of interest on the same notional amount for a predetermined period of time from a second party. Interest rate caps and floors are agreements whereby one party agrees to pay a floating rate of interest on a notional principal amount for a predetermined period of time to a second party if certain market interest rate thresholds are realized. The assets relating to the notional principal amount are not actually exchanged.
 
The Company has derivatives consisting of forward sales commitments, commitments to fund loans intended for sale, interest rate swaps and interest rate caps.
 
All derivative instruments (including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts) are recorded on the balance sheet as either an asset or liability measured at its fair value. Changes in the derivative’s fair value are recognized currently in income unless specific hedge accounting criteria is met. The Company formally documents, designates and assesses the effectiveness of transactions that receive hedge accounting. If a derivative qualifies as a hedge, depending on the nature of the hedge, changes in the fair value of the derivative are either offset against the change in the fair value of assets, liabilities, or firm commitments through earnings or are recognized in other comprehensive income until the hedged item is recognized in earnings. The ineffective portion of a derivative’s change in fair value is immediately recognized in earnings. Also, when a hedged item or derivative is terminated, sold or matures, any remaining value depending on the type of hedge would be recognized in earnings either immediately or over the remaining life of the hedged item.
 
The Company uses interest rate swaps and interest rate caps that are recorded as derivatives. Interest rate swaps and interest rate caps are used primarily by the Company to hedge certain operational exposures resulting from changes in interest rates. Such exposures result from portions of the Company’s assets and liabilities that earn or pay interest at a fixed or floating rate. The Company measures the effectiveness of these hedges by modeling the impact on the exposures under various interest rate scenarios.
 
In addition, the Company enters into commitments to fund residential mortgage loans with the intention of selling them in the secondary market. The Company also enters into forward sales agreements for certain funded loans and loan commitments. The Company records unfunded commitments intended for loans held for sale and forward sales agreements at fair value with changes in fair value recorded as a component of Mortgage Banking Income. Loans originated and intended for sale in the secondary market are carried within residential loans at the lower of cost or estimated fair value in the aggregate.
 
Guarantees
 
Standby letters of credit, excluding commercial letters of credit and other lines of credit, are considered guarantees of the Bank. The Bank enters into a standby letter of credit to guarantee performance of a customer to a third party. These guarantees are primarily issued to support public and private borrowing arrangements. The credit risk involved is represented by the contractual amounts of those instruments. Under the standby letters of credit, the Bank is required to make payments to the beneficiary of the letters of credit upon request by the beneficiary so long as all performance criteria have been met. Most guarantees extend up to one year. At December 31, 2006 the maximum potential amount of future payments is $8.1 million, all of which is covered by collateral.
 
The collateral obtained is determined based upon management’s credit evaluation of the customer and may include cash, accounts receivable, inventory, property, plant, and equipment and income-producing real estate. The


74


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

majority of the Bank’s letters of credit are collateralized by cash. The recourse provisions of the agreements allow the Bank to collect the cash used to collateralize the agreement. If other business assets are used as collateral and cash is not available, the Bank creates a loan for the customer with the same criteria as its other lending activities. The fair value of the guarantees are $62,000 and $61,000 at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The fair value of these guarantees is not material and not reflected on the balance sheet.
 
Transfers of Financial Assets
 
Transfers of financial assets, typically residential mortgages for the Company, are accounted for as sales when control over the assets has been surrendered. Control over transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered when (1) the assets have been isolated from the Company, (2) the transferee obtains the right (free of conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of that right) to pledge or exchange the transferred assets, and (3) the Company does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets through an agreement to repurchase them before their maturity.
 
Earnings Per Share
 
Basic earnings per share are calculated by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding before any dilution during the period. Unvested restricted shares are not included in common shares outstanding. Diluted earnings per share have been calculated in a manner similar to that of basic earnings per share except that the weighted average number of common shares outstanding is increased to include the number of additional common shares that would have been outstanding if all potentially dilutive common shares (such as those resulting from the exercise of stock options) were issued during the period, computed using the treasury stock method.
 
Bank Owned Life Insurance
 
Bank owned life insurance (“BOLI”) represents life insurance on the lives of certain employees who have provided positive consent allowing the Bank to be the beneficiary of such policies. The Bank purchases BOLI in order to use its earnings to help offset the costs of the Bank’s benefit expenses including pre-and post-retirement employee benefits. Increases in the cash surrender value (“CSV”) of the policies, as well as death benefits received net of any CSV, are recorded in other non-interest income, and are not subject to income taxes. The CSV of the policies are recorded as assets of the Bank. The Company reviews the financial strength of the insurance carriers prior to the purchase of BOLI and annually thereafter. BOLI with any individual carrier is limited to 15% of tier one capital and BOLI in total is limited to 25% of tier one capital.
 
Treasury Stock
 
On July 1, 2004 Chapter 156D of the Massachusetts General Laws, a statute known as the Massachusetts Business Corporation Act, took effect. Chapter 156D applies to Massachusetts corporations, such as the Company, as of its effective date. One provision of Chapter 156D is designed to eliminate the concept of “treasury stock” and provides, in pertinent part, that shares a Massachusetts company reacquires after July 1, 2004 will be treated as authorized but unissued shares. The Company has, based upon this change in Massachusetts law, retroactively converted its existing treasury stock to authorized but unissued shares back to July 1, 2004 and accounted for this change, in the aggregate amount of $2.6 million, as a reduction in the Company’s common stock (at par value) and retained earnings. There was no impact to total equity. At December 31, 2004 the Company had 124,488 shares at a cost of $1.9 million previously classified as treasury stock.
 
Dividend Reinvestment and Stock Purchase Plan
 
The Company maintains a Dividend Reinvestment and Stock Purchase Plan. Under the terms of the plan, stockholders may elect to have cash dividends reinvested in newly issued shares of common stock at a 5% discount from the market price on the date of the dividend payment. Stockholders also have the option of purchasing


75


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

additional new shares, at the full market price, up to the aggregate amount of dividends payable to the stockholder during the calendar year.
 
Stock-Based Compensation
 
Prior to January 1, 2006, the Company accounted for its stock-based plans under the recognition and measurement provisions of Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees (“APB 25”), and related Interpretations, as permitted by SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation (“SFAS 123”). No compensation cost was recognized for stock options in the Consolidated Statement of Income for the periods ended on or prior to December 31, 2005, as options granted under those plans had an exercise price equal to or greater than the market value of the underlying common stock on the date of grant. However, there was compensation expense recorded in the year ended December 31, 2005 related to restricted stock awards in accordance with APB 25 in the amount of approximately $3,000 before tax.
 
Effective January 1, 2006, the Company adopted the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS 123R for all share-based payments, using the modified-prospective transition method. Under this transition method, compensation cost recognized in the quarter and for the year ended December 31, 2006 includes: (1) compensation expense recognized over the requisite service period for all share-based awards granted prior to, but not yet fully vested, as of January 1, 2006, based on the grant date fair value estimated in accordance with the original provisions of SFAS 123, and (2) compensation cost for all share-based awards granted on or subsequent to January 1, 2006, based on the grant-date fair value estimated in accordance with the provisions of SFAS 123R. In accordance with the modified prospective transition method, the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements for prior periods have not been restated to reflect, and do not include, the impact of SFAS 123R. Upon adoption of SFAS 123R, the Company elected to retain its method of valuation for share-based awards granted using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model which was also previously used for the Company’s pro forma information required under SFAS 123. The Company is recognizing compensation expense for its awards on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for the entire award (straight-line attribution method), ensuring that the amount of compensation cost recognized at any date at least equals the portion of the grant-date fair value of the award that is vested at that time.
 
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
 
SFAS No. 155 (“SFAS 155”), “Accounting for Certain Hybrid Financial Instruments — an amendment of FASB Statements No. 133 and 140”   In February 2006, the FASB issued SFAS 155. SFAS 155 amends SFAS 133 “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” (“SFAS 133”) and SFAS 140 “Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities” (“SFAS 140”). This Statement permits fair value remeasurement for any hybrid financial instrument that contains an embedded derivative that otherwise would require bifurcation; clarifies which interest- and principal-only strips are not subject to SFAS 133; requires an evaluation of interests in securitized financial assets to identify interests that are freestanding derivatives or that are hybrid financial instruments that contain an embedded derivative requiring bifurcation; clarifies that concentrations of credit risk in the form of subordination are not embedded derivatives; and amends SFAS 140 to eliminate the prohibition on a qualifying special purpose entity from holding a derivative financial instrument that pertains to a beneficial interest other than another derivative financial instrument. This SFAS is effective for all financial instruments acquired or issued after the beginning of an entity’s fiscal year that begins after September 15, 2006 and the fair value election may be applied upon adoption to hybrid financial instruments that had been bifurcated under SFAS 133 prior to the adoption of this statement. As this standard is effective for the Company beginning on January 1, 2007, if the Company were to acquire or issue financial instruments subsequent to that date the guidance in SFAS 155 would be applied and the Company will consider applying the fair value election to its hybrid financial instruments that have been bifurcated under SFAS 133. Upon adoption of SFAS 155 there will be no impact to the Company.
 
SFAS No. 156 (“SFAS 156”), “Accounting for Servicing of Financial Assets — an amendment of FASB Statement No. 140”  In March 2006, the FASB issued SFAS 156. SFAS 156 amends SFAS 140, “Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities”. This Statement requires an entity


76


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

to recognize a servicing asset or servicing liability when it undertakes an obligation to service a financial asset in certain situations; requires separately recognized servicing assets and servicing liabilities to be initially measured at fair value, if practicable; permits an entity to choose between an amortization or fair value measurement method for each class of separately recognized servicing assets and servicing liabilities; at initial adoption, permits a one-time reclassification of available-for-sale securities to trading securities by entities with recognized servicing rights; requires separate presentation of servicing assets and servicing liabilities subsequently measured at fair value in the statement of financial position and additional disclosures for all separately recognized servicing assets and servicing liabilities. SFAS 156 is to be adopted as of the beginning of an entity’s fiscal year that begins after September 15, 2006, with earlier adoption permitted, provided the entity has not yet issued financial statements for any period of that fiscal year. The effective date of SFAS 156 is the date an entity adopts it, and an entity should apply the requirements for recognition and initial measurement of servicing assets and servicing liabilities prospectively to all transactions after the effective date. The Company has not yet adopted SFAS 156 and is not required to do so until the Company’s fiscal year that begins on January 1, 2007. The Company does not believe that the adoption of SFAS 156 will have a material impact on the Company’s financial position.
 
SFAS No. 157 (“SFAS 157”), “Fair Value Measurements”  In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS 157. SFAS 157 was issued to provide consistency and comparability in determining fair value measurements and to provide for expanded disclosures about fair value measurements. The definition of fair value maintains the exchange price notion in earlier definitions of fair value but focuses on the exit price of the asset or liability. The exit price is the price that would be received to sell the asset or paid to transfer the liability adjusted for certain inherent risks and restrictions. Expanded disclosures are also required about the use of fair value to measure assets and liabilities. The effective date is for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007, and interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company does not believe that the adoption of SFAS 157 will have a material impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.
 
SFAS No. 158 (“SFAS 158”), “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Post Retirement Plans — An Amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106, and 132(R),”  In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS 158. SFAS 158 will require companies to recognize the over-funded and under-funded status of a single employer defined benefit postretirement plan as an asset or liability in its balance sheet and to recognize changes in the funded status in comprehensive income in the year in which the change occurred. However, gains or losses, prior service costs or credits, and transition assets or obligations that have not yet been included in net periodic benefit cost as of the end of 2006, the fiscal year in which SFAS 158 is initially applied, are to be recognized as components of the ending balance of accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax. Additionally, SFAS 158 will require companies to measure the funded status of a plan as of the date of the fiscal year-end financial statements with limited exceptions effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2008. The Company adopted SFAS 158 as of December 31, 2006 for its “other” post retirement plans including its supplemental executive retirement plans and its post retirement benefits plan, the effects of which can be seen within Note 13 “Employee Benefits” hereof. The Company’s pension plan falls outside the scope of SFAS 158 because it is accounted for as a multiemployer plan.
 
FASB Interpretation No. 48 (“FIN 48”), “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes”  In June 2006, the FASB issued FIN 48, an interpretation of SFAS No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes,” in order to add clarity to the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in a Company’s financial statements. The interpretation requires that only tax positions that are more likely than not to be sustained upon a tax examination are to be recognized in a Company’s financial statements to the extent that the benefit has a greater than 50% likelihood of being recognized. The differences that arise between the amounts recognized in the financial statements and the amounts recognized in the tax return will lead to an increase or decrease in current taxes, an increase or decrease to the deferred tax asset or deferred tax liability, respectively, or both. FIN 48 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006 with early application encouraged if interim financial statements have not yet been issued. The adoption of FIN 48 did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial position.
 
Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) No. 108  In September 2006, the SEC issued SAB No. 108. SAB No. 108 was issued to provide guidance on the consideration of the effects of prior year misstatements in quantifying current


77


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

year misstatements for the purpose of a materiality assessment. SAB No. 108 addresses the diversity in practice in quantifying financial statement misstatements and requires companies to quantify the effects of an identified unadjusted error on each financial statement and financial statement disclosure by considering the impact of prior year misstatements on the current year financial statements. Initial application of SAB No. 108 allows companies to elect not to restate prior periods but to reflect the initial application in their annual financial statements covering the first fiscal year ending after November 15, 2006. The cumulative effect of the initial application should be reported in the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities as of the beginning of that fiscal year, and the offsetting adjustment, net of tax, should be made to the opening balance of retained earnings for that year. Companies should disclose the nature and amount of each item, when and how each error being corrected arose, and the fact that the errors were previously considered immaterial. The adoption of SAB No. 108 did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations because the Company had no prior year misstatements that were material to the current year’s financial statements.
 
Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) Issue No. 06-5 (“EITF 06-5”), “Accounting for Purchases of Life Insurance — Determining the Amount That Could Be Realized in Accordance With FASB Technical Bulletin No. 85-4, Accounting for Purchases of Life Insurance”  In Issue 06-5, a determination of the amount that could be realized under an insurance contract should (1) consider any additional amounts (beyond cash surrender value) included in the contractual terms of the policy and (2) be based on assumed surrender at the individual policy or certificate level, unless all policies or certificates are required to be surrendered as a group. When it is probable that contractual restrictions would limit the amount that could be realized, such contractual limitations should be considered. Any amounts recoverable at the insurance company’s discretion should be excluded from the amount that could be realized. Fixed amounts recoverable in excess of one year should be recorded at their present values. This EITF is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006, and an entity should recognize the effects of applying the EITF through either (1) a change in accounting principle through a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings or to other components of equity or net assets as of the beginning of the year of adoption, or (2) a change in accounting principle through retrospective application to all prior periods. The Company does not believe that the adoption of EITF 06-5 will have a material impact on the Company’s financial position.
 
(2) Stock Option and Restricted Stock Awards
 
The Company has four stock-based plans, all of which were approved by the Company’s Board of Directors and shareholders, including the 2006 Plan (as defined below), which was approved by shareholders on April 13, 2006.
 
  •  1996 Non-Employee Directors’ Stock Option Plan (“the 1996 Plan”)
 
  •  1997 Employee Stock Option Plan (“the 1997 Plan”)
 
  •  2005 Employee Stock Plan (“the 2005 Plan”)
 
  •  2006 Non-Employee Director Stock Plan (“the 2006 Plan”)
 
The following table presents the amount of cumulatively granted stock options and restricted stock awards, net of cancellations, through December 31, 2006.
 
                                         
    Authorized
    Authorized
          Cumulative Granted, Net of Cancellations  
    Stock
    Restricted
          Stock
    Restricted
 
    Option Awards     Stock Awards     Total     Option Awards     Stock Awards  
 
1996 Plan
    300,000       N/A       300,000       209,000       N/A  
1997 Plan
    1,100,000       N/A       1,100,000       1,071,197       N/A  
2005 Plan
    (1 )     (1 )     800,000       134,500       10,285  
2006 Plan
    (2 )     (2 )     50,000       10,000       5,200  


78


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
(1) The Company may award up to a total of 800,000 shares as stock options or restricted stock awards.
 
(2) The Company may award up to a total of 50,000 shares as stock options or restricted stock awards.
 
At December 31, 2006, there were no shares available for grant under the 1996 Plan due to its expiration. Under the 2006 Plan, the 2005 Plan, the 1997 Plan, and the 1996 Plan the option exercise price equals the fair market value on the date of grant. All options granted under the 1997 Plan prior to December 15, 2005 vested between six months and two years from the date of grant and have ten-year contractual terms. All options granted on December 15, 2005 under either the 2005 Plan or the 1997 Plan vested immediately and have seven-year contractual terms. All options granted in 2006 under the 2005 Plan vest between six and 28 months from the date of grant and have seven-year contractual terms. All options granted in 2006 under the 2006 Plan vest between the date of grant and approximately 21 months from the date of grant and have seven-year contractual terms. Options granted to date under all plans expire between 2007 and 2015. The Company issues shares for option exercises and restricted stock issuances from its pool of authorized but unissued shares.
 
On December 15, 2005, the Company’s Board of Directors voted to accelerate the vesting of certain unvested “out-of-the-money” stock options awarded to employees pursuant to the 1997 Plan so that they immediately vested as of December 15, 2005. No other changes were made to the terms and conditions of the stock options affected by the Board vote. The Board vote approved the acceleration and immediate vesting of all unvested options with an exercise price of $31.44 or greater per share. As a consequence of the Board vote, options to purchase 135,549 shares of the Company’s common stock became exercisable immediately. The average of the high price and low price at which the Company’s common stock traded on December 15, 2005, the date of the Board vote, was $28.895 per share. The Company estimates that, as a result of this accelerated vesting, approximately $710,000 of 2006 non-cash compensation expense and $8,000 of 2007 non-cash compensation expense were eliminated that would otherwise have been recognized in the Company’s earnings in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Statement No. 123 (revised 2004), Share-Based Payment (“SFAS No. 123R”).
 
On December 15, 2005, the Company granted 11,450 restricted stock awards to employees from the 2005 Plan. These awards vest evenly over a five-year period assuming continued employment with the Company. The holders of these awards participate fully in the rewards of stock ownership of the Company, including voting and dividend rights. The employees are not required to pay any consideration to the Company for the restricted stock awards. The Company measured the fair value of the shares based on the average of the high price and low price at which the Company’s common stock traded on the date of the grant.
 
On April 18, 2006, the Company granted 5,200 restricted stock awards to non-employee directors from the 2006 Plan. These awards vest at the end of a five-year period, or earlier if the director ceases to be a director for any reason other than cause, for example, retirement. If a non-employee director is removed from the Board for cause, the Company has ninety (90) days within which to exercise a right to repurchase any unvested portion of any restricted stock award from the non-employee director for the aggregate price of One Dollar ($1.00). The holders of these awards participate fully in the rewards of stock ownership of the Company, including voting and dividend rights. The directors are not required to pay any consideration to the Company for the restricted stock awards. The Company measured the fair value of the awards based on the average of the high price and low price at which the Company’s common stock traded on the date of the grant.
 
The total stock-based compensation expense before tax recognized in earnings by the Company in the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004 was approximately $159,000, $3,000, and $0, respectively. The portion of this expense related to stock option awards was approximately $67,000, $0, and $0, respectively, in the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004. The portion of this expense related to restricted stock awards was approximately $92,000, $3,000, and $0, respectively, in the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004. Amounts recognized due to awards issued to directors is recognized as director’s fees within other non-interest expense.
 
As required, prior to the adoption of SFAS 123R, the Company presented all tax benefits of deductions resulting from the exercise of stock options as operating cash flows in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows.


79


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

SFAS 123R requires the cash flows resulting from the tax benefits from tax deductions in excess of the compensation cost recognized for those options (excess tax benefits) to be classified as financing cash flows. Therefore, the Company had $326,000 of excess tax benefits classified as a financing cash inflow during the year ended December 31, 2006.
 
Cash received from stock option exercises for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 was approximately $1.3 million, $1.1 million, and $1.8 million, respectively. The actual tax benefit realized for the tax deductions from option exercises under all plans totaled $352,000, $282,000, and $247,000 for the years ending December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively. No cash was used by the Company to settle equity instruments granted under share-based compensation arrangements during the year ended December 31, 2006.
 
For purposes of pro forma disclosures for periods prior to January 1, 2006, the estimated fair value of the stock options is amortized into expense over the vesting period of the options. The Company’s net income and earnings per share for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, had the Company elected to recognize compensation expense for the granting of options under SFAS 123 using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, would have been reduced to the following pro forma amounts:
 
                     
        Year Ended December 31,  
        2005     2004  
        (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)  
 
Net Income:
  As Reported   $ 33,205     $ 30,767  
Less: Total stock-based employee compensation expense determined under the fair value based method for all awards, net of tax
      $ 2,082     $ 503  
                     
    Pro Forma   $ 31,123     $ 30,264  
Basic EPS:
                   
    As Reported   $ 2.16     $ 2.06  
    Pro Forma   $ 2.02     $ 2.02  
Diluted EPS:
                   
    As Reported   $ 2.14     $ 2.03  
    Pro Forma   $ 2.01     $ 2.00  
 
The fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of the grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following assumptions used for grants under the identified plans:
 
  •  Expected volatility is based on the standard deviation of the historical volatility of the weekly adjusted closing price of the Company’s shares for a period equivalent to the expected life of the option.
 
  •  Expected life represents the period of time that the option is expected to be outstanding, taking into account the contractual term, historical exercise/forfeiture behavior, and the vesting period, if any.
 
  •  Expected dividend yield is an annualized rate calculated using the most recent dividend payment at time of grant and the Company’s average trailing twelve-month daily closing stock price.
 
  •  The risk-free rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant for a period equivalent to the expected life of the option.
 
  •  In addition, as SFAS 123R requires that the stock-based compensation expense recognized in earnings be based on the amount of awards ultimately expected to vest, a forfeiture assumption is estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. Stock-based compensation expense recognized in 2006 has been reduced for annualized estimated forfeitures of


80


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

  5% for both restricted stock and stock option awards. Forfeitures were estimated based on historical experience.
 
                                         
          2006 Plan     2005 Plan     1997 Plan     1996 Plan  
 
Expected Volatility
    Fiscal Year 2006       27 %(1)     25 %(2)     N/A       N/A  
      Fiscal Year 2005       N/A       25 %(3)     25% (3)      
                            26% (4)     27% (5)
      Fiscal Year 2004       N/A       N/A       28% (6)      
                              28%-30% (7)     28% (8)
Expected Lives
    Fiscal Year 2006       4 years (1)     4 years (2)     N/A       N/A  
      Fiscal Year 2005       N/A       3.5 years (3)     3.5 years (3)      
                            3.5-4 years (4)     4.5 years (5)
      Fiscal Year 2004       N/A       N/A       4 years (6)      
                              3.5 years (7)     4 years (8)
Expected Dividend Yields
    Fiscal Year 2006       2.36 %(1)     2.08 %(2)     N/A       N/A  
      Fiscal Year 2005       N/A       2.04 %(3)     2.04% (3)      
                            1.91%-1.95% (4)     2.21% (5)
      Fiscal Year 2004       N/A       N/A       1.64% (6)      
                              1.71%-2.09% (7)     2.02% (8)
Risk Free Interest Rate
    Fiscal Year 2006       4.87 %(1)     4.73 %(2)     N/A       N/A  
      Fiscal Year 2005       N/A       4.38 %(3)     4.38% (3)      
                            3.53%-3.80% (4)     3.93% (5)
      Fiscal Year 2004       N/A       N/A       3.35% (6)      
                              2.64%-3.49% (7)     3.19% (8)
 
 
(1) On April 18, 2006, 10,000 options were granted from the 2006 Plan to two members of the Company’s Board of Directors. The risk free rate, expected dividend yield, expected life and expected volatility for this grant were determined on April 18, 2006.
 
(2) On September 7, 2006, 5,000 options were granted from the 2005 Plan to the Company’s Senior Vice President of Mortgage Operations. The risk free rate, expected dividend yield, expected life and expected volatility for this grant were determined on September 7, 2006.
 
(3) On December 15, 2005, 137,000 options were granted from the 2005 Plan and 45,500 options were granted from the 1997 Plan to members of the Company’s Senior Management. The risk free rate, expected dividend yield, expected life and expected volatility for these grants were determined on December 15, 2005.
 
(4) On January 13, 2005, 34,500 options were granted from the 1997 Plan to certain First Vice Presidents and Vice Presidents of the Company. Also on January 13, 2005, 5,000 options were granted to the Company’s Senior Vice President and Director of Marketing, Strategy and Analysis. The risk free rate, expected dividend yield, expected life and expected volatility for these grants were determined on January 13, 2005. On September 1, 2005, 500 options were granted from the 1997 Plan to a Vice President of the Company. The risk free rate, expected dividend yield, expected life and expected volatility for this grant were determined on September 1, 2005.
 
(5) On April 26, 2005, 11,000 options were granted from the 1996 Plan to the Company’s Board of Directors. The risk free rate, expected dividend yield, expected life and expected volatility for this grant were determined on April 26, 2005.
 
(6) On December 9, 2004, 175,500 options were granted from the 1997 Plan to the Company’s members of Senior Management. The risk free rate, expected dividend yield, expected life and expected volatility for this grant were determined on December 9, 2004.


81


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
(7) On both January 8, 2004 and June 10, 2004, 5,000 options were granted from the 1997 Plan to the Company’s Managing Director of Business Banking. The risk free rate, expected dividend yield, expected life and expected volatility for these grants were determined on the respective grant dates. On both July 19, 2004 and October 20, 2004, 10,000 options were granted from the 1997 Plan to the Company’s Executive Vice President of Retail Banking and Corporate Marketing. The risk free rate, expected dividend yield, expected life and expected volatility for these grants were determined on the respective grant dates.
 
(8) On April 27, 2004, 11,000 options were granted from the 1996 Plan to the Company’s Board of Directors. The risk free rate, expected dividend yield, expected life and expected volatility for this grant were determined on April 27, 2004.
 
A summary of the status of all the Company’s Plans for the year ended December 31, 2006 is presented in the table below:
 
                                                 
    Summary Status of All Plans
 
    Year Ended December 31, 2006  
          Weighted
    Wtd Avg.
    Aggregate
          Weighted
 
          Average
    Remaining
    Intrinsic
          Average
 
          Exercise
    Contractual
    Value
    Restricted Stock
    Grant
 
    Stock Options     Price ($)     Term (Years)     ($000)     Awards     Price ($)  
 
Balance at January 1, 2006
    950,390     $ 25.67                       11,450     $ 28.90  
Granted
    15,000     $ 32.50                       5,200     $ 32.23  
Exercised
    (84,718 )   $ 16.87                           $  
Released
    n/a       n/a                       (2,085 )   $ 28.90  
Forfeited
    (166 )   $ 30.84                       (1,165 )   $ 28.90  
Expired
    (35,411 )   $ 31.54                           $  
                                                 
Balance at December 31, 2006
    845,095     $ 26.43       6.0     $ 8,424       13,400     $ 30.19  
                                                 
Options Exercisable at December 31, 2006
    833,429     $ 26.35       6.0     $ 8,380       n/a       n/a  
                                                 
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2006     2005     2004  
 
Weighted average grant date fair value of options granted
($ per share)
  $ 7.32     $ 6.08     $ 7.22  
Total intrinsic value of share options exercised
  $ 841,000     $ 671,000     $ 588,000  
 
The aggregate intrinsic value in the preceding tables represents the total pre-tax intrinsic value, based on the average of the high price and low price at which the Company’s common stock traded on December 29, 2006 (the last trading day of the calendar year) of $36.40, which would have been received by the option holders had they all exercised their options as of that date.


82


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
A summary of the status of the Non-Employee Director Plans as of December 31, 2006 and changes during the year then ended is presented in the table below:
 
                                 
    Non-Employee Director Plans  
    Year Ended December 31, 2006  
    1996 Plan     2006 Plan  
          Weighted
    Stock
    Weighted
 
          Average
    Options
    Average
 
    Stock
    Exercise
    and
    Exercise
 
    Options     Price     Awards     Price  
 
Balance at January 1, 2006
    98,000     $ 18.96           $  
Granted Options
        $       10,000     $ 32.23  
Restricted Stock Awards
    n/a       n/a       5,200     $ 32.23  
Exercised
    (14,000 )   $ 9.51           $  
Forfeited
        $           $  
Expired
        $           $  
                                 
Outstanding at December 31, 2006
    84,000     $ 20.54       15,200     $ 32.23  
                                 
Options Exercisable at December 31, 2006
    84,000     $ 20.54       3,334     $ 32.23  
                                 
 
A summary of the status of the Company’s nonvested awards under all Plans as of December 31, 2006 and changes during the year then ended is presented in the table below:
 
                                                 
    Nonvested Awards Issued Under All Plans  
    Year Ended December 31, 2006  
    Stock Options     Restricted Stock Awards  
          Weighted
                Weighted
       
          Average
                Average
       
          Grant Date
                Grant Date
       
    Awards     Fair Value           Awards     Fair Value        
 
Nonvested at January 1, 2006
    37,849     $ 6.64               11,450     $ 28.90          
Granted
    15,000     $ 7.32               5,200     $ 32.23          
Vested
    (39,201 )   $ 6.70               (2,085 )   $ 28.90          
Expired
    (1,816 )   $ 6.73                   $          
Forfeited
    (166 )   $ 6.29               (1,165 )   $ 28.90          
                                                 
Nonvested at December 31, 2006
    11,666     $ 7.33               13,400     $ 30.19          
                                                 
Unrecognized compensation cost, including forfeiture estimate
                  $ 51,000                     $ 323,000  
Weighted average remaining recognition period (years)
                    1.4                       3.7  
 
The total fair value of stock options that vested during the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004 was $262,000, $3.3 million, and $1.7 million, respectively. The total fair value of restricted stock awards that vested was $60,000 during the year ended December 31, 2006 and $0 during both 2005 and 2004.
 
The Company has individual stock option agreement forms for its Chief Executive Officer and for all other officers who have been designated Executive Officers of the Company and/or Rockland Trust Company in Securities Exchange Commission filings. Those form stock option agreements include a provision that requires any unvested options that vest upon a Change of Control and that would become an event described in Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 will be cashed out at the difference between the deal price of the acquisition and the exercise price of the option.


83


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
(3)  Trading Assets
 
Trading assets, at fair value, consist of the following:
 
                         
    At December 31,        
    2006     2005        
    Fair Value        
    (Dollars in thousands)        
 
Cash Equivalents
  $ 47     $ 15          
Fixed Income Securities
    331       349          
Marketable Equity Securities
    1,380       1,193          
                         
Total
  $ 1,758     $ 1,557          
                         
 
The Company realized a gain on trading activities of $86,000 in 2006, $60,000 in 2005, and $113,000 in 2004. The trading assets are held for funding non-qualified executive retirement obligations (see Note 13, “Employee Benefits” hereof). Trading assets are recorded at fair value with changes in fair value recorded in earnings.
 
(4)  Securities
 
The amortized cost, gross unrealized gains and losses, and fair value of securities held to maturity at December 31, 2006 and 2005 were as follows:
 
                                                                 
    2006     2005  
          Gross
    Gross
                Gross
    Gross
       
    Amortized
    Unrealized
    Unrealized
    Fair
    Amortized
    Unrealized
    Unrealized
    Fair
 
    Cost     Gains     Losses     Value     Cost     Gains     Losses     Value  
    (Dollars in thousands)     (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Mortgage-Backed Securities
  $ 5,526     $ 41     $     $ 5,567     $ 6,936     $ 65     $     $ 7,001  
State, County, and Municipal Securities
    35,046       778             35,824       41,628       1,180             42,808  
Corporate Debt Securities
    36,175       472             36,647       55,704       1,447       (230 )     56,921  
                                                                 
Total
  $ 76,747     $ 1,291     $     $ 78,038     $ 104,268     $ 2,692     $ (230 )   $ 106,730  
                                                                 
 
The amortized cost, gross unrealized gains and losses, and fair value of securities available for sale at December 31, 2006 and 2005 were as follows:
 


84


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

                                                                 
    2006     2005  
          Gross
    Gross
                Gross
    Gross
       
    Amortized
    Unrealized
    Unrealized
    Fair
    Amortized
    Unrealized
    Unrealized
    Fair
 
    Cost     Gains     Losses     Value     Cost     Gains     Losses     Value  
    (Dollars in thousands)     (Dollars in thousands)  
 
U.S. Treasury and U.S. Government Agency Securities
  $ 89,398     $     $ (1,545 )   $ 87,853     $ 154,615     $     $ (3,362 )   $ 151,253  
Mortgage-Backed Securities
    218,510       472       (5,986 )     212,996       263,289       820       (6,577 )     257,532  
Collateralized Mortgage Obligations
    91,583             (2,685 )     88,898       155,307             (4,985 )     150,322  
State, County, and Municipal Securities
    19,109             (293 )     18,816       22,743             (334 )     22,409  
Corporate Debt Securities
    8,525                   8,525                          
                                                                 
Total
  $ 427,125     $ 472     $ (10,509 )   $ 417,088     $ 595,954     $ 820     $ (15,258 )   $ 581,516  
                                                                 
 
The Bank realized no gross gains in 2006, and gross gains of $792,000 and $1.5 million, in 2005 and 2004, respectively. Realized gross losses were $3.2 million in 2006, $176,000 in 2005, and none in 2004. Cash proceeds on the sale of securities were $101.8 million, $63.5 million, and $12.0 million, for 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.
 
A schedule of the contractual maturities of securities held to maturity and securities available for sale as of December 31, 2006 is presented below.
 
                                 
    Held to Maturity     Available for Sale  
    Amortized
          Amortized
       
    Cost     Fair Value     Cost     Fair Value  
    (Dollars in thousands)     (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Due in one year or less
  $ 38     $ 38     $ 19,896     $ 19,706  
Due from one year to five years
    2,892       2,928       88,716       87,067  
Due from five to ten years
    15,284       15,569       87,230       85,477  
Due after ten years
    58,533       59,503       231,283       224,838  
                                 
Total
  $ 76,747     $ 78,038     $ 427,125     $ 417,088  
                                 
 
The actual maturities of mortgage-backed securities, collateralized mortgage obligations and corporate debt securities will differ from the contractual maturities, due to the ability of the issuers to prepay underlying obligations. At December 31, 2006, the Bank has $77.6 million of callable securities in its investment portfolio.
 
On December 31, 2006 and 2005, investment securities carried at $201.3 million and $146.1 million, respectively, were pledged to secure public deposits, assets sold under repurchase agreements, treasury tax and loan notes, letters of credit, interest rate derivatives and for other purposes as required by law. Additionally, $234.2 million and $420.3 million of securities were pledged to the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
 
At year-end 2006 and 2005, the Company had no investments in obligations of individual states, counties, or municipalities, which exceed 10% of stockholders’ equity.

85


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
Other Than Temporarily Impaired Securities
 
The following tables show the gross unrealized losses and fair value of the Company’s investments with unrealized losses, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position, at December 31, 2006 and 2005.
 
                                                 
    At December 31, 2006  
    Less Than 12 Months     12 Months or Longer     Total  
    Fair
    Unrealized
          Unrealized
          Unrealized
 
Description of Securities
  Value     Losses     Fair Value     Losses     Fair Value     Losses  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
U.S. Treasury Obligations and Direct Obligation of U.S. Government Agencies
  $     $     $ 87,853     $ (1,545 )     $87,853     $ (1,545 )
All Mortgage Backed Securities
    119       (1 )     287,897       (8,670 )     288,016     $ (8,671 )
Corporate Bonds
                                   
City, State, and Local Municipal Bonds
                18,817       (293 )     18,817       (293 )
                                                 
Total Temporarily Impaired Securities
  $ 119     $ (1 )   $ 394,567     $ (10,508 )     $394,686     $ (10,509 )
                                                 
 
                                                 
    At December 31, 2005  
    Less Than 12 months     12 months or longer     Total  
          Unrealized
          Unrealized
          Unrealized
 
Description of Securities
  Fair Value     Losses     Fair Value     Losses     Fair Value     Losses  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
U.S. Treasury Obligations and Direct Obligation of U.S. Government Agencies
  $ 97,392     $ (1,866 )   $ 53,861     $ (1,496 )     $151,253     $ (3,362 )
All Mortgage Backed Securities
    144,620       (2,945 )     244,968       (8,617 )     389,588       (11,562 )
Corporate Bonds
                2,891       (230 )     2,891       (230 )
City, State, and Local Municipal Bonds
    15,473       (210 )     3,536       (124 )     19,009       (334 )
                                                 
Total Temporarily Impaired Securities
  $ 257,485     $ (5,021 )   $ 305,256     $ (10,467 )     $562,741     $ (15,488 )
                                                 
 
At December 31, 2006, the Bank had securities of $394.7 million with $10.5 million of unrealized losses on these securities. Of these securities, $119,000, with losses of $1,000, have been at a loss position for less than 12 months and $394.6 million of these securities, with losses of $10.5 million, have been at a loss position for longer than 12 months. The Bank believes that these securities are only temporarily impaired and that the full principal will be collected as anticipated.
 
Of the total, $87.9 million, or 22.2%, are direct obligations of U.S. Government Agencies and are at a loss position because they were acquired when the general level of interest rates were lower than that on December 31, 2006. As of December 31, 2006, $288.0 million or 73.0% are U.S. Government or agency mortgage backed securities. The majority of the mortgage backed securities are also at a loss because they were purchased during a lower interest rate environment. Also, at December 31, 2006, $18.8 million, or the remaining 4.8% are municipal bonds which are insured by an AAA rated agency and are also at a loss because of the interest rate environment at the time of purchase.
 
Because the declines in market value of investments are attributable to changes in interest rates and not credit quality and because the Company has the ability and intent to hold these investments until a recovery of fair value, which may be until maturity, the Company does not consider these investments to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2006.


86


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
(5)  Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses
 
The vast majority of the Bank’s lending activities are conducted in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts. The Bank originates commercial and residential real estate loans, commercial and industrial loans, business banking and consumer home equity, auto, and other loans for its portfolio. The Bank considers a concentration of credit to a particular industry to exist when the aggregate credit exposure to a borrower, an affiliated group of borrowers or a non-affiliated group of borrowers engaged in one industry exceeds 10% of the Bank’s loan portfolio which includes direct, indirect or contingent obligations. At December 31, 2006, loans made by the Company to the industry concentration of lessors of non-residential buildings grew to 10.5% of the Company’s total loan portfolio.
 
The composition of loans at December 31, 2006 and 2005 were as follows:
 
                 
    2006     2005  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Commercial and Industrial
  $ 174,356     $ 155,081  
Commercial Real Estate
    740,517       683,240  
Commercial Construction
    119,685       140,643  
Business Banking
    59,910       51,373  
Residential Real Estate
    378,368       428,343  
Residential Construction
    7,277       8,316  
Residential Loans Held for Sale
    11,859       5,021  
Consumer — Home Equity
    277,015       251,852  
Consumer — Auto
    206,845       263,179  
Consumer — Other
    49,077       53,760  
                 
Loans
  $ 2,024,909     $ 2,040,808  
                 
 
Net deferred fees included in loans at December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005 were $3.3 million and $2.3 million, respectively.
 
In addition to the loans noted above, at December 31, 2006 and 2005 the Company serviced approximately $292.9 million and $336.5 million, respectively, of loans sold to investors in the secondary mortgage market and other financial institutions.
 
At December 31, 2006 and 2005, loans held for sale amounted to approximately $11.9 million and $5.0 million, respectively. The Company has derivatives consisting of forward sales contracts and commitments to fund loans intended for sale. Forward loan sale contracts and the commitments to fund loans intended for sale are recorded at fair value. This change in fair value resulted in an increase in earnings of $67,000 in 2006 and a decrease in earnings of $16,000 in 2005.
 
As of December 31, 2006 and 2005, the Bank’s recorded investment in impaired loans and the related valuation allowance was as follows:
 
                                 
    At December 31,  
    2006     2005  
    Recorded
    Valuation
    Recorded
    Valuation
 
    Investment     Allowance     Investment     Allowance  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Impaired loans:
                               
Valuation allowance required
  $ 683     $ 414     $ 1     $ 1  
No valuation allowance required
    2,953             557        
                                 
Total
  $ 3,636     $ 414     $ 558     $ 1  
                                 


87


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The valuation allowance is included in the allowance for loan losses on the consolidated balance sheet. The average recorded investment in impaired loans for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005 was $3.3 million and $1.6 million, respectively. Interest payments received on impaired loans are recorded as interest income unless collection of the remaining recorded investment is doubtful, at which time payments received are recorded as reductions of principal.
 
At December 31, 2006 and 2005, accruing loans 90 days or more past due totaled $389,000 and $227,000, respectively, and nonaccruing loans totaled $6.6 million and $3.1 million respectively. Gross interest income that would have been recognized for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, if nonperforming loans at the respective dates had been performing in accordance with their original terms, approximated $146,000, $282,000, and $312,000, respectively. The actual amount of interest that was collected on these loans during each of those periods and included in interest income was approximately $225,000, $103,000, and $140,000, respectively. There were no commitments to advance additional funds to borrowers whose loans are on nonaccrual.
 
The aggregate amount of all loans outstanding to directors, principal officers, and principal security holders at December 31, 2006 and 2005 were $28.7 million and $22.4 million, respectively.
 
All such loans were made in the ordinary course of business on substantially the same terms, including interest rate and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with other persons, and do not involve more than the normal risk of collectibility or present other unfavorable features.
 
An analysis of the total allowance for loan losses for each of the three years ending December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004 are as follows:
 
                         
    2006     2005     2004  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Allowance for loan losses, beginning of year
  $ 26,639     $ 25,197     $ 23,163  
Loans charged off
    (3,180 )     (3,474 )     (2,599 )
Recoveries on loans previously charged off
    1,021       741       745  
                         
Net charge-offs
    (2,159 )     (2,733 )     (1,854 )
Provision charged to expense
    2,335       4,175       3,018  
Allowance related to business combinations
                870  
                         
Allowance for loan losses, end of year
  $ 26,815     $ 26,639     $ 25,197  
                         
 
(6) Bank Premises and Equipment
 
Bank premises and equipment at December 31, 2006 and 2005 were as follows:
 
                         
                Estimated
 
    2006     2005     Useful Life  
    (Dollars in thousands)     (In years)  
 
Cost:
                       
Land
  $ 5,548     $ 5,488       N/A  
Bank Premises
    30,207       29,256       5-39  
Leasehold Improvements
    10,338       10,414       5-15  
Furniture and Equipment
    27,421       25,339       3-7  
                         
Total Cost
    73,514       70,497          
                         
Accumulated Depreciation
    (36,198 )     (33,066 )        
                         
Net Bank Premises and Equipment
  $ 37,316     $ 37,431          
                         


88


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Depreciation expense related to bank premises and equipment was $4.3 million in 2006, $4.4 million in 2005, and $4.2 million in 2004.
 
(7) Deposits
 
The following is a summary of original maturities of time deposits as of December 31, 2006:
 
                 
    Balance of
       
    Time Deposits
       
    Maturing     Percent  
    (Dollars in thousands)        
 
1 year or less
  $ 525,109       93 %
Over 1 year to 2 years
    28,531       5 %
Over 2 years to 3 years
    6,154       1 %
Over 3 years
    7,334       1 %
                 
Total
  $ 567,128       100 %
                 
 
(8) Borrowings
 
Short-term borrowings consist of federal funds purchased, assets sold under repurchase agreements, FHLB borrowings, and treasury tax and loan notes that are due within one year. Information on the amounts outstanding and interest rates of short-term borrowings for each of the two years in the period ended December 31 are as follows:
 
                         
    2006     2005     2004  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Balance outstanding at end of year
  $ 246,202     $ 303,787     $ 65,696  
Average daily balance outstanding
    248,812       294,286       64,287  
Maximum balance outstanding at any month end
    291,554       370,213       103,031  
Weighted average interest rate for the year
    4.23 %     3.00 %     0.94 %
Weighted average interest rate at end of year
    4.19 %     3.09 %     1.18 %
 
At December 31, 2006 and 2005, the Bank had $774.5 million and $1.1 billion, respectively, of assets pledged as collateral against borrowings.
 
The Bank has established two lines of credit each one for $10.0 million, neither of which was outstanding at December 31, 2006 or 2005. The Bank has established repurchase agreements with major brokerage firms. Borrowings under these agreements are classified as assets sold under repurchase agreements. Both wholesale and retail repurchase agreements are collateralized by mortgage-backed securities and U.S. Government obligations. At December 31, 2006, the Company had $25.0 million of securities repurchase agreements outstanding with third party brokers. The Company pays a 3 month LIBOR rate of interest minus 75 basis points through May 18, 2007 at which time the Company pays a fixed rate of 4.45% until May 18, 2010, which is its maturity date. The repurchase agreement is callable quarterly from May 18, 2007 until May 18, 2010. In addition to these agreements, the Bank has entered into similar agreements with certain customers. At December 31, 2006 and 2005, the Bank had $83.2 million and $88.3 million, respectively, of customer repurchase agreements outstanding. The related securities are included in securities available for sale.
 
FHLB borrowings are collateralized by a blanket pledge agreement on the Bank’s FHLB stock, certain qualified investment securities, deposits at the Federal Home Loan Bank, and residential mortgages held in the Bank’s portfolio and certain commercial real estate loans. The Bank’s available borrowing capacity at the Federal Home Loan Bank was approximately $198.7 million at December 31, 2006. In addition, the Bank has a $5.0 million


89


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

line of credit with the FHLB, none of which is outstanding at December 31, 2006. A schedule of the maturity distribution of FHLB advances with the weighted average interest rates at December 31, 2006 and 2005 follows:
 
                                 
    2006     2005  
          Weighted
          Weighted
 
          Average
          Average
 
    Amount     Rate     Amount     Rate  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Due in one year or less
  $ 160,003       5.32 %   $ 210,118       4.26 %
Due in greater than one year to five years
    95,012       4.32 %     87,243       4.35 %
Due in greater than five years
    50,113       4.89 %     120,116       4.73 %
                                 
Total
  $ 305,128       4.94 %   $ 417,477       4.42 %
                                 
 
Of the $160.0 million outstanding at year-end, and due in one year or less, $60.0 million of these borrowings are hedged by interest rate swaps to fix the rate of interest at 2.49% on $25.0 million through January 21, 2007 and 4.06% on $35.0 million through January 10, 2010. Also, an additional $100.0 million of these borrowings are hedged by an interest rate cap to cap the rate of interest at 4.00% through January 31, 2008.
 
Also included as long term borrowings on the Company’s balance sheet are junior subordinated debentures payable to the Company’s unconsolidated special purpose entities, which were Trust IV and Trust V at December 31, 2006, that issued trust preferred securities.
 
Junior Subordinated Debentures were $77.3 million and $51.5 million at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
 
On December 11, 2001, Independent Capital Trust III was formed for the purpose of issuing 1.0 million Trust III Preferred Securities and investing the proceeds of the sale of these securities in $25.8 million of 8.625% junior subordinated debentures issued by the Company. A total of $25.0 million of 8.625% Trust III Preferred Securities were issued by Trust III and were scheduled to mature in 2031, callable at the option of the Company on or after December 31, 2006. Distributions on these securities were paid quarterly in arrears on the last day of March, June, September, and December, such distributions can be deferred at the option of the Company for up to five years. The Trust III Preferred Securities were prepaid in whole on December 31, 2006 at a redemption price equal to $25.0 per Trust III Preferred Security plus accumulated but unpaid distributions thereon to the date of the redemption. On December 11, 2001, Trust III also issued $0.8 million in common securities to the Company. The net proceeds of the Trust III issuance were used to redeem $25.0 million of 11.0% Trust Preferred Securities, issued by Trust II on January 31, 2002. Thereafter, Trust II was liquidated.
 
On April 12, 2002, Independent Capital Trust IV was formed for the purpose of issuing 1.0 million Trust IV Preferred Securities and investing the proceeds of the sale of these securities in $25.8 million of 8.375% junior subordinated debentures issued by the Company. A total of $25.0 million of 8.375% Trust IV Preferred Securities were issued by Trust IV and are scheduled to mature in 2032, callable at the option of the Company on or after April 30, 2007. Distributions on these securities are payable quarterly in arrears on the last day of March, June, September, and December, such distributions can be deferred at the option of the Company for up to five years. The Trust IV Preferred Securities can be prepaid in whole or in part on or after April 30, 2007 at a redemption price equal to $25.0 per Trust IV Preferred Security plus accumulated but unpaid distributions thereon to the date of the redemption. On April 12, 2002, Trust IV also issued $773,000 in common securities to the Company. The net proceeds of the Trust IV issuance were used to redeem $28.8 million of 9.28% Trust Preferred Securities, issued by Trust I, on May 20, 2002. Thereafter, Trust I was liquidated.
 
On October 12, 2006 Independent Capital Trust V, was formed for the purposed of issuing 50,000 trust preferred securities on December 28, 2006 and investing the proceeds of the sale of these securities in the $51.5 million of a variable rate (3 month LIBOR plus 148 basis points) junior subordinated debentures issued by the Company. The Company has entered into interest rate swap agreements to fix the interest rate paid on the debentures for the next ten years at 6.52%. A total of $50.0 million trust preferred securities at a variable rate of interest


90


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

(3 month LIBOR plus 148 basis points) were issued by Trust V and are scheduled to mature on March 15, 2037, callable at the option of the Company on or after March 15, 2012 at a redemption price equal to $1,000 per Trust V preferred security plus accumulated but unpaid distributions thereon to the date of the redemption. On December 28, 2006, Trust V also issued $1.5 million in common securities to the Company. The trust preferred securities were issued and sold in a private placement as part of a pool transaction.
 
The Company used $25.0 million of the proceeds from the issuance of the trust preferred securities from Trust V to redeem all of the outstanding trust preferred securities of Trust III, which had a fixed rate of interest at 8.625%, on the first callable date of December 31, 2006. The Company intends to use the remaining $25.0 million of proceeds to redeem the outstanding trust preferred securities of Trust IV, which have a fixed rate of interest at 8.375%, on the first callable date of April 30, 2007.
 
Effective March 31, 2004, Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Interpretation (“FIN”) No. 46 Revised, “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities — an Interpretation of Accounting Research Bulletin No. 51” (“FIN 46R”) required the Company to deconsolidate its two subsidiary trusts (Independent Capital Trust III and Independent Capital Trust IV). The result of deconsolidating these subsidiary trusts is that trust preferred securities of the trusts, which were classified between liabilities and equity on the balance sheet (mezzanine section), no longer appear on the consolidated balance sheet of the Company. The related minority interest expense also is no longer included in the consolidated statement of income. Due to FIN 46R, the junior subordinated debentures of the parent company that were previously eliminated in consolidation are now included on the consolidated balance sheet within total borrowings. The interest expense on the junior subordinated debentures is included in the calculation of net interest margin of the consolidated company, negatively impacting the net interest margin by approximately 0.16% for the twelve months ending December 31, 2004 on an annualized basis and 0.13% for the twelve months ending 2005 and 2006. There is no impact on net income as the amount of interest previously recognized as minority interest is equal to the amount of interest expense that is recognized currently in the net interest margin offset by the dividend income on the subsidiary trusts common stock recognized in other non-interest income.
 
Unamortized issuance costs are included in other assets. Unamortized issuance costs were $981,000 and $2.0 million in 2006 and 2005, respectively.
 
Minority Interest expense was $1.1 million in 2004. Interest expense on the junior subordinated debentures, reported in interest on borrowings, which includes the amortization of the issuance cost, was $5.5 million in 2006 and $4.5 million in 2005. The increase in interest expense is mainly due to the write-off of $995,000 of issuance costs in connection with the redemption of trust preferred securities of Trust III.
 
The Company unconditionally guarantees all Trust IV and Trust V obligations under the trust preferred securities.
 
In December, the Trustees of Trust III and Trust IV declared a cash dividend of $0.54 and $0.52 per share to stockholders of record of Trust III and Trust IV, respectively, as of the close of business on December 28, 2006. The dividend was paid on December 29, 2006. The Company has paid all scheduled dividends.
 
(9) Earnings per Share
 
Basic earnings per share (“EPS”) excludes dilution and is computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted EPS reflects the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock were exercised or converted into common stock or resulted in the issuance of common stock that share in the earnings of the entity.


91


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
Earnings per share consisted of the following components for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004:
 
                         
    Net Income  
    2006     2005     2004  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Net Income
  $ 32,851     $ 33,205     $ 30,767  
                         
 
                         
    Weighted Average Shares  
    2006     2005     2004  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Basic Shares
    14,938       15,378       14,963  
Effect of dilutive securities
    172       144       191  
                         
Diluted Shares
    15,110       15,522       15,154  
                         
 
                         
    Net Income per Share  
    2006     2005     2004  
 
Basic EPS
  $ 2.20     $ 2.16     $ 2.06  
Effect of dilutive securities
    0.03       0.02       0.03  
                         
Diluted EPS
  $ 2.17     $ 2.14     $ 2.03  
                         
 
For the year ended December 31, 2006, there were 172,137 options to purchase common stock and no shares of restricted stock excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings per share because they were anti-dilutive. For the year ended December 31, 2005, there were 350,933 options to purchase common stock and no shares of restricted stock excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings per share because they were anti-dilutive. For the year ended December 31, 2004, there were 133,781 options to purchase common stock excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings per share because they were anti-dilutive. There was no restricted stock outstanding during the year ended December 31, 2004.
 
(10) Goodwill and Core Deposit Intangibles
 
Goodwill and core deposit intangibles as of December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005 was $56.5 million and $56.9 million, respectively. The Company acquired Falmouth Bancorp, Inc. on July 16, 2004. The transaction was accounted for in accordance with SFAS No. 142, creating goodwill for the excess of purchase price over assets acquired. Core deposit intangibles of $2.2 million were recorded upon the acquisition of Falmouth Bancorp, Inc. for the fair value of the acquired deposit base.
 
The changes in goodwill and core deposit intangibles for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005 are shown in the table below.
 


92


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

                 
    Carrying Amount of Goodwill and Core
 
    Deposit Intangibles  
          Core Deposit
 
    Goodwill     Intangibles  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Balance at December 31, 2004
  $ 55,185     $ 2,103  
                 
Recorded during the year
           
Amortization Expense
          (323 )
Adjustment of purchase accounting estimates
    (107 )      
                 
Balance at December 31, 2005
  $ 55,078     $ 1,780  
                 
Recorded during the year
           
Amortization Expense
          (323 )
Adjustment of purchase accounting estimates
           
                 
Balance at December 31, 2006
  $ 55,078     $ 1,457  
                 
 
The following table sets forth the estimated annual amortization expense of the core deposit intangibles.
 
                                         
    Estimated Annual Amortization Expense  
    2007     2008     2009     2010     2011  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Core Deposit Intangibles
  $ 323     $ 323     $ 323     $ 323     $ 165  
                                         
 
(11) Income Taxes
 
The provision for income taxes is comprised of the following components:
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2006     2005     2004  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Current Expense
                       
Federal
  $ 11,321     $ 10,441     $ 11,716  
State
    3,171       2,333       2,308  
                         
TOTAL CURRENT EXPENSE
    14,492       12,774       14,024  
                         
Deferred (Benefit) Expense
                       
Federal
    105       1,805       (234 )
State
    162       542       (167 )
                         
TOTAL DEFERRED EXPENSE (BENEFIT)
    267       2,347       (401 )
                         
TOTAL EXPENSE
  $ 14,759     $ 15,121     $ 13,623  
                         

93


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The difference between the statutory federal income tax rate and the effective federal income tax rate is as follows:
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2006     2005     2004  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Computed statutory federal income tax provision
  $ 16,664     $ 16,914     $ 15,536  
State taxes, net of federal tax benefit
    2,166       1,869       1,392  
Nontaxable interest, net
    (1,123 )     (1,174 )     (1,129 )
Tax Credits
    (1,610 )     (1,714 )     (964 )
Bank Owned Life Insurance
    (1,141 )     (640 )     (666 )
Other, net
    (197 )     (134 )     (546 )
                         
TOTAL EXPENSE
  $ 14,759     $ 15,121     $ 13,623  
                         
 
The net deferred tax asset that is included in other assets amounted to approximately $2.9 million and $3.9 million at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The tax-effected components of the net deferred tax asset at December 31, 2006 and 2005 are as follows:
 
                 
   
At Years Ended December 31,
 
    2006     2005  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Deferred Tax Assets
               
Allowance for loan losses
  $ 11,190     $ 11,136  
Securities fair value adjustment
    3,765       5,392  
Accrued expenses not deducted for tax purposes
    2,107       1,596  
Amounts not yet recognized as a component of net periodic post retirement cost
    299        
Limited Partnerships
    257       322  
                 
TOTAL
  $ 17,618     $ 18,446  
                 
Deferred Tax Liabilities
               
Goodwill
  $ (5,427 )   $ (4,398 )
Mark to market adjustment
    (1,504 )     (2,051 )
Tax depreciation
    (2,628 )     (2,038 )
Derivatives fair value adjustment
    (819 )     (1,488 )
Mortgage servicing asset
    (965 )     (1,095 )
Deferred loan origination fees
    (2,497 )     (1,957 )
Prepaid expenses
    (297 )     (801 )
Core deposit intangible
    (621 )     (756 )
                 
TOTAL
  $ (14,758 )   $ (14,584 )
                 
TOTAL NET DEFERRED TAX ASSET
  $ 2,860     $ 3,862  
                 
 
The Company has determined that a valuation allowance is not required for any of its deferred tax assets since it is more likely than not that these assets will be realized principally through carry back to taxable income on prior years and future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences and by offsetting other future taxable income.


94


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
(12) Common Stock Repurchase Program
 
On January 19, 2006, the Company’s Board of Directors approved a common stock repurchase program. Under the program, the Company was authorized to repurchase up to 800,000 shares, or approximately 5% of the Company’s outstanding common stock. During the quarter ended September 30, 2006, the Company completed its repurchase plan with a total of 800,000 shares of common stock repurchased at a weighted average share price of $31.04. Additional information about the repurchase program is set forth in Part II, Item 5 of this Form 10-K.
 
Additionally, on December 14, 2006 the Company’s Board of Directors approved a common stock repurchase program. Under the program, the Company is authorized to repurchase up to 1,000,000 shares of the Company’s outstanding common stock. Additional information about the repurchase program is set forth in Part II, Item 5 of this Form 10-K.
 
(13)  EMPLOYEE BENEFITS
 
Pension
 
All eligible officers and employees of the Bank, which includes substantially all employees of the Bank, are included in a noncontributory, defined benefit pension plan (the “Pension Plan”) provided by the Bank. The Pension Plan is administered by Pentegra Retirement Services (the “Fund”). The Fund does not segregate the assets or liabilities of all participating employers and, accordingly, disclosure of accumulated vested and nonvested benefits is not possible. Contributions are based on each individual employer’s experience. The pension plan year is July 1st through June 30th. The Bank has made cash contributions to the Fund of $1.4 million, $3.0 million, and $2.8 million during 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively, of which $1.4 million relates to the 2006-2007 plan year, $3.0 million relates to the 2005-2006 plan year, and $2.0 million relates to the 2004-2005 plan year. The defined benefit plan expense was $2.2 million, $2.4 million, and $1.8 million for 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively. In 2005 the Company amended the vesting schedule of the pension plan to provide graduated vesting beginning after two years of service whereas previously employees were not vested until five years of service.
 
Effective July 1, 2006, the Company froze the defined benefit plan by eliminating all future benefit accruals, with the exception of the employees that were participants on July 1, 2006 but that were not yet fully vested. These employees will earn benefits up to the year in which they are fully vested and at that point there will be no more future benefit accruals. All benefits accrued up to July 1, 2006 remain in the pension plan and the participants’ frozen benefit was determined as of July 1, 2006. Also effective July 1, 2006, the Company implemented a new defined contribution plan in which employees, with one year of service, receive a 5% cash contribution of eligible pay up to the social security limit and a 10% cash contribution of eligible pay over the social security limit up to the maximum amount permitted by law. Benefits conferred to employees under the new defined contribution plan vest immediately. The defined contribution plan expense was $927,000 in 2006 and zero for both 2005 and 2004.
 
Post-Retirement Benefits
 
Employees retiring from the Bank after attaining age 65 who have rendered at least 10 years of continuous service to the Bank are entitled to have a portion of the premium for post-retirement health care benefits and a $5,000 death benefit paid by the Bank. The health care benefits are subject to deductibles, co-payment provisions and other limitations. The Bank may amend or change these benefits periodically.
 
Upon accounting for the recognition of post-retirement benefits over the service lives of the employees rather than on a cash basis, the Company elected to recognize its accumulated benefit obligation of approximately $678,000 at January 1, 1993 prospectively on a straight-line basis over the average service life expectancy of the beneficiaries, which is anticipated to be less than 20 years.
 
Post-retirement benefit expense was $211,000 in both 2006 and 2005 and $198,000 in 2004. Contributions paid to the plan, which were used only to pay the current year benefits were $60,000, $57,000, and $39,000 for 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively. The Company’s best estimate of contributions expected to be paid in 2007 is $59,000.


95


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

See the following table for the benefits expected to be paid in each of the next five years, in the aggregate for the next five fiscal years thereafter, and in the aggregate after those 10 years:
 
         
    Post- Retirement Expected
 
Year   Benefit Payment  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
2007
  $ 61  
2008
    62  
2009
    67  
2010
    70  
2011
    76  
2012-2016
    539  
2017 and later
    6,171  
 
Effective December 31, 2006, the Company adopted SFAS No. 158, “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans — An Amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106, and 132(R),” which requires the Company to recognize the over funded or under funded status of a single employer defined benefit postretirement plan as an asset or liability on its balance sheet and to recognize changes in the funded status in comprehensive income in the year in which the change occurred. However, gains or losses, prior services costs or credits, and transition assets or obligations that have not yet been included in net periodic benefit cost as of the end of 2006, the fiscal year in which SFAS 158 is initially applied are to be recognized as components of the ending balance of accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax.


96


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
The measurement date used to determine the post retirement plan benefits is December 31st for each of the years reported. The following table illustrates the status of the post-retirement benefit plan at December 31 for the years presented:
 
                         
    Post-Retirement Benefits  
    2006     2005     2004  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Change in benefit obligation
                       
Benefit obligation at beginning of year
  $ 1,485     $ 1,443     $ 1,142  
Service cost
    93       93       79  
Interest cost
    72       72       71  
Actuarial gain
    (146 )     (66 )     190  
Benefits paid
    (60 )     (57 )     (39 )
                         
Benefit obligation at end of year
  $ 1,444     $ 1,485     $ 1,443  
                         
Change in plan assets
                       
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year
  $     $     $  
Employer contribution
    60       57       39  
Benefits paid
    (60 )     (57 )     (39 )
                         
Fair value of plan assets at end of year
  $     $     $  
                         
Funded Status
  $ (1,444 )   $ (1,485 )   $ (1,443 )
Unrecognized net actuarial loss
          197       264  
Unrecognized net transition obligation
          232       266  
Unrecognized prior service cost
          55       66  
                         
Accrued benefit cost
  $ (1,444 )   $ (1,001 )   $ (847 )
                         
Amounts recognized in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (“AOCI”), net of tax
                       
Net loss
  $ 30     $     $  
Prior service cost
    25              
Transition obligation
    115              
                         
Amounts recognized in AOCI, net of tax
  $ 170     $     $  
                         
Net periodic benefit cost
                       
Service cost
  $ 93     $ 93     $ 79  
Interest cost
    72       72       71  
Expected return on plan assets
                 
Amortization of transition obligation
    34       34       34  
Amortization of prior service cost
    12       12       12  
Recognized net actuarial loss
                2  
                         
Net periodic benefit cost
  $ 211     $ 211     $ 198  
                         
Amounts in accumulated other comprehensive income expected to be recognized in net periodic benefit cost over next fiscal year
                       
Net prior service cost
  $ 12     $     $  
Net transition obligation
  $ 34     $     $  
Discount rate used for benefit obligations
    5.75 %     5.50 %     5.75 %
Discount rate used for net periodic benefit cost
    5.50 %     5.75 %     6.25 %
Rate of compensation increase
    N/A       N/A       N/A  
 
See the table titled “Incremental Effect of Applying SFAS No. 158 on Individual Line Items in the Consolidated Balance Sheets” to Follow “Supplemental Executive Retirement Benefits” for the incremental effect of applying SFAS No. 158 on individual line items within the consolidated balance sheets.


97


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
Supplemental Executive Retirement Plans
 
The Bank maintains supplemental retirement plans for certain highly compensated employees designed to offset the impact of regulatory limits on benefits under qualified pension plans. There are supplemental retirement plans in place for seven current and four former employees.
 
In connection with these plans, the Bank had entered into twelve Split Dollar Life Insurance policies with eight of these individuals. In 2003, in response to changes to regulatory and IRS treatment of Split Dollar Life Insurance policies, which would require premium payments by the Bank in these policies to be considered a loan to the employee, five of these individuals transferred 100% ownership in eight policies to the Bank and receive no benefits from these policies. The Bank is the beneficiary of the policies and they are included as BOLI as an asset of the Bank. One individual reimbursed the Bank for its interest in one of these policies for which the Bank endorsed the policy over to the individual. Three split dollar life policies for three former executives remain unchanged as no additional payments are required by the Bank on the policies. The Bank will recover amounts paid into the policies upon either the death of the individual or at age 65, depending upon the policy.
 
The Bank has established and funded Rabbi Trusts to accumulate funds in order to satisfy the contractual liability of the supplemental retirement plan benefits for seven current executives and two former executives. These agreements provide for the Bank to pay all benefits from its general assets, and the establishment of these trust funds does not reduce nor otherwise affect the Bank’s continuing liability to pay benefits from such assets except that the Bank’s liability shall be offset by actual benefit payments made from the trusts. The related trust assets totaled $1.8 million and $1.6 million at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
 
Supplemental retirement expense amounted to $373,000, $349,000, and $418,000 for fiscal years 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively. Contributions paid to the plan, which were used only to pay the current year benefits were $113,000 in 2006, $114,000 in 2005, and $124,000 in 2004. The Company’s best estimate of contributions expected to be paid in 2007 is $113,000. See the following table for the benefits expected to be paid in each of the next five years, in the aggregate for the next five fiscal years thereafter, and in the aggregate after those 10 years:
 
         
    Supplemental Executive
 
    Retirement Plans
 
Year
  Expected Benefit Payment  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
2007
  $ 113  
2008
    131  
2009
    206  
2010
    225  
2011
    225  
2012-2016
    1,164  
2017 and later
    16,948  
 
In 2003, in connection with the revisions to supplemental executive retirement plans described above, the Company elected to recognize the post retirement benefits over the service period rather than on a cash basis. Upon accounting for these plans in this manner the Company elected to recognize its additional benefit obligation that had not been recorded as of the beginning of the year of approximately $537,000 at January 1, 2003, and is amortizing this amount prospectively on a straight-line basis over the average estimated service period of the beneficiaries of approximately 13 years.
 
As discussed above within Post-Retirement Benefits, effective December 31, 2006, the Company adopted SFAS No. 158, “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans — An Amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106, and 132(R),” which is also applicable to its supplemental executive retirement plans.


98


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
The measurement date used to determine the supplemental executive retirement plans benefits is December 31 for each of the years reported. The following table illustrates the status of the supplemental executive retirement plans at December 31 for the years presented:
 
                         
    Supplemental Executive Retirement Benefits  
    2006     2005     2004  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Change in benefit obligation
                       
Benefit obligation at beginning of year
  $ 2,494     $ 2,292     $ 2,042  
Service cost
    198       176       138  
Interest cost
    136       129       122  
Unamortized prior service cost
                 
Plan amendment
                114  
Actuarial (gain)/ loss
    (63 )     11        
Benefits paid
    (113 )     (114 )     (124 )
                         
Benefit obligation at end of year
  $ 2,652     $ 2,494     $ 2,292  
                         
Change in plan assets
                       
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year
  $     $     $  
Return on plan assets
                 
Employer contribution
    113       114       124  
Benefits paid
    (113 )     (114 )     (124 )
                         
Fair value of plan assets at end of year
  $     $     $  
                         
Funded status at end of year
    (2,652 )     (2,494 )     (2,292 )
Unrecognized net actuarial loss
          116       106  
Unrecognized prior service cost
          406       449  
                         
Accrued benefit cost
  $ (2,652 )   $ (1,972 )   $ (1,737 )
                         
Amounts recognized in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (“AOCI”), net of tax
                       
Net loss
  $ 33     $     $  
Prior service cost
    211              
                         
Amounts recognized in AOCI, net of tax
  $ 244     $     $  
                         
Information for pension plans with an accumulated benefit obligation in excess of plan assets
                       
Projected benefit obligation
  $ 2,652     $ 2,494     $ 2,292  
Accumulated benefit obligation
  $ 1,801     $ 1,823     $ 1,847  
Net periodic benefit cost
                       
Service cost
  $ 198     $ 176     $ 138  
Interest cost
    136       129       122  
Amortization of prior service cost
    43       44       158  
Recognized net actuarial gain
    (4 )            
                         
Net periodic benefit cost
  $ 373     $ 349     $ 418  
                         
Amounts in accumulated other comprehensive income expected to be recognized in net periodic benefit cost over next fiscal year
                       
Net actuarial gain
  $ (4 )   $     $  
                         
Net prior service cost
  $ 42     $     $  
Discount rate used for benefit obligation
    5.75 %     5.50 %     5.75 %
Discount rate used for net periodic benefit cost
    5.50 %     5.75 %     6.25 %
Rate of compensation increase
    5.00 %     5.00 %     5.00 %
 
See the table to follow for the incremental effect of applying SFAS No. 158 on individual line items within the consolidated balance sheets.


99


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
The following table illustrates the incremental effect of applying SFAS No. 158 for both the post retirement benefits and the supplemental executive retirement benefits on individual line items in the consolidated balance sheets.
 
Incremental Effect of Applying SFAS No. 158 on Individual Line Items in the Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2006
 
                                 
    Before
                After
 
    Application
    Adjustments     Application
 
    of SFAS No. 158     Post-Retirements     SERP     of SFAS No. 158  
    (Dollars in thousands )  
 
Liability for post-retirement and SERP benefits
  $ 3,384     $ 292     $ 420     $ 4,096  
Deferred income taxes
    3,158       (122 )     (176 )     2,860  
Total liabilities
    2,598,722       170       244       2,599,136  
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
    (5,277 )     (170 )     (244 )     (5,691 )
Total stockholders’ equity
    230,197       (170 )     (244 )     229,783  
 
Other Employee Benefits
 
In 1994, the Bank implemented an incentive compensation plan in which senior management, and officers are eligible to participate at varying levels. The plan provides for awards based upon the attainment of a combination of Bank, divisional and individual performance objectives. In addition, the Bank from time to time has paid a discretionary bonus to non-officers of the bank. In 2005, the Bank implemented a revised incentive compensation plan for executive officers and a separate incentive plan for its officers. The 2005 plan provides for awards based upon the attainment of Bank and individual performance objectives. The expense for the incentive plans and the discretionary bonus amounted to $2.5 million, $2.9 million, and $2.5 million in 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively.
 
Also, in 1994, the Bank amended its Profit Sharing Plan by converting it to an Employee Savings Plan that qualifies as a deferred salary arrangement under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. Under the Employee Savings Plan, participating employees may defer a portion of their pre-tax earnings, not to exceed the Internal Revenue Service annual contribution limits. On April 14, 2004, the Bank amended the 401K Plan to eliminate company matching contributions. In the fourth quarter of 2004 in place of the 401K match contributions, the Company contributed a discretionary $250,000 of profit sharing into the plan to be disbursed amongst the participants of the plan. Prior to 2004, the Bank matched 50% of each employee’s contributions up to 6% of the employee’s earnings. A match of 25% of each employee’s contributions up to 6% of the employee’s earnings was restored in January 2005. Also, in 2005, the 401K Plan was amended to incorporate an Employee Stock Ownership Plan for contributions invested in the Company’s common stock. In 2006, 2005 and 2004, the expense for the 401K plan amounted to $353,000, $338,000, and $448,000, respectively.
 
The Company also maintains a deferred compensation plan for the Company’s Board of Directors. The Board of Directors are entitled to elect to defer their director’s fees until retirement. If the Director elects to do so, their compensation is invested in the Company’s stock and maintained within the Company’s Investment Management Group. The amount of compensation deferred in 2006, 2005, and 2004 was $123,000, $68,000, and $70,000, respectively. The Company has 168,961 shares provided for the plan with a related liability of $1.8 million established within shareholders’ equity.
 
In 1998, the Bank purchased $30.0 million of BOLI. The Bank purchased these policies for the purpose of offsetting the Bank’s future obligations to its employees under its retirement and benefit plans. As discussed above under Supplemental Executive Retirement Plans, additional policies covering the Senior Executives of the Bank were added in 2003. The total value of BOLI was $45.8 million and $44.8 million at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The bank recorded BOLI income of $3.3 million in 2006 of which $1.3 million were death benefit


100


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

proceeds realized during the first quarter. The Bank recorded $1.8 million and $1.9 million of BOLI income during 2005 and 2004, respectively.
 
(14)  Other Non-Interest Expenses
 
Included in other non-interest expenses for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 were the following:
 
                         
    2006     2005     2004  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Debit card & ATM processing
  $ 1,187     $ 940     $ 624  
Postage expense
    1,056       1,006       942  
Office supplies and printing
    821       897       644  
Software maintenance
    963       873       308  
Exams and audits
    805       785       626  
Legal fees
    665       641       478  
Insurance — other
    563       518       474  
Recruitment
    498       501       493  
Business development
    178       157       482  
Loss on CRA investment
    142       137       178  
Other non-interest expenses
    8,421       7,949       7,566  
                         
TOTAL
  $ 15,299     $ 14,404     $ 12,815  
                         
 
(15)  Fair Value of Financial Instruments
 
SFAS No. 107 “Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments” (“SFAS No. 107”) requires disclosure of fair value information about financial instruments for which it is practicable to estimate that value, whether or not recognized on the balance sheet. In cases where quoted fair values are not available, fair values are based upon estimates using present value or other valuation techniques. Those techniques are significantly affected by the assumptions used, including the discount rate and estimates of future cash flows. In that regard, the derived fair value estimates can not be substantiated by comparison to independent markets and, in many cases, could not be realized in immediate settlement of the instrument.
 
The carrying amount reported on the balance sheet for cash and due from banks, federal funds sold and short term investments, and interest-bearing deposits (excluding time deposits) approximates those assets’ or liabilities’ fair values. SFAS No. 107 excludes certain financial instruments and all non-financial instruments from its disclosure requirements. Accordingly, the aggregate fair value amounts presented do not represent the underlying value of the Company.


101


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
The following table reflects the book and fair value of financial instruments, including on-balance sheet and off-balance sheet instruments, as of December 31, 2006 and 2005.
 
                                 
    2006     2005  
    Book Value     Fair Value     Book Value     Fair Value  
    (Dollars in thousands)     (Dollars in thousands)  
 
FINANCIAL ASSETS
                               
Cash and Due From Banks
  $ 62,773     $ 62,773     $ 66,289     $ 66,289 (a)
Federal Funds Sold and Assets Purchased Under Resale Agreement & Short Term Investments
    75,518       75,518       63,662       63,662 (a)
Securities Held To Maturity
    76,747       78,038       104,268       106,730 (b)
Securities Available For Sale
    417,088       417,088       581,516       581,516 (b)
Trading Assets
    1,758       1,758       1,557       1,557 (b)
Federal Home Loan Bank Stock
    21,710       21,710       29,287       29,287 (c)
Net Loans
    1,986,235       2,008,496       2,009,148       2,041,885 (d)
Loans Held For Sale
    11,859       11,983       5,021       5,251 (b)
Mortgage Servicing Rights
    2,439       2,439       2,892       2,892 (f)
Bank Owned Life Insurance
    45,759       45,759       44,762       44,762 (b)
FINANCIAL LIABILITIES
                               
Demand Deposits
    490,036       490,036       511,920       511,920 (e)
Savings and Interest Checking Accounts
    577,443       577,443       613,840       613,840 (e)
Money Market
    455,737       455,737       550,677       550,677 (e)
Time Certificates of Deposit
    567,128       563,339       529,057       523,095 (f)
Federal Funds Purchased and Assets Sold Under Repurchase Agreements
    108,248       108,084       113,335       113,335 (f)
Treasury Tax and Loan Notes
    2,953       2,953       5,452       5,452 (a)
Federal Home Loan Bank Borrowings
    305,128       303,983       417,477       419,265 (f)
Junior Subordinated Debentures
    77,320       77,454       51,546       52,371 (g)
UNRECOGNIZED FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
                               
Standby Letters of Credit
          62             61 (h)
FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS WITH OFF-BALANCE SHEET NOTIONAL AMOUNTS
                               
Interest Rate Swap Agreements
    1,154       1,154       1,967       1,967 (b)
Interest Rate Cap Agreements
    1,284       1,284       1,655       1,655 (b)
Forward Commitments to Sell Loans
    60       60       (22 )     (22 )(b)
Commitments to Originate Fixed Rate Mortgage Loans Intended for Sale
    93       93       108       108 (b)
 
 
(a) Book value approximates fair value due to short term nature of these instruments.
 
(b) Fair value was determined based on market prices or dealer quotes.
 
(c) Federal Home Loan Bank stock is redeemable at cost.
 
(d) The fair value of loans was estimated by discounting anticipated future cash flows using current rates at which similar loans would be made to borrowers with similar credit ratings and for the same remaining maturities.
 
(e) Fair value is presented as equaling book value. SFAS No. 107 requires that deposits which can be withdrawn without penalty at any time be presented at such amount without regard to the inherent value of such deposits and the Bank’s relationship with such depositors.


102


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
(f) Fair value was determined by discounting anticipated future cash payments using rates currently available for instruments with similar remaining maturities.
 
(g) Fair value was determined based upon market prices of securities with similar terms and maturities.
 
(h) Fair value was determined using the fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements, taking into account the remaining terms of the agreements and the present creditworthiness of customers.
 
(16)  Commitments and Contingencies
 
Financial Instruments with Off-Balance Sheet Risk
 
The Company is a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers and to reduce its own exposure to fluctuations in interest rates. These financial instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets. The Company uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance sheet instruments.
 
Off-balance sheet financial instruments whose contractual amounts present credit risk include the following at December 31, 2006 and 2005.
 
                 
    2006     2005  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Commitments to extend credit:
               
Fixed rate
  $ 8,090     $ 6,879  
Adjustable rate
    1,144       5,255  
Unused portion of existing credit lines
    481,708       477,931  
Unadvanced construction loans
    62,055       52,221  
Standby letters of credit
    8,318       8,893  
Interest rate swaps — notional value
    110,000       110,000  
Interest rate caps — notional value
    100,000       100,000  
 
The Company’s exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the counterparty for commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit is represented by the contractual amounts of those instruments. Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. The Bank evaluates each customer’s creditworthiness on an individual basis. The amount of collateral obtained upon extension of the credit is based upon management’s credit evaluation of the customer. Collateral varies but may include accounts receivable, inventory, property, plant and equipment and income-producing commercial real estate. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since some of the commitments may expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements.
 
Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Bank to guarantee performance of a customer to a third party. These guarantees are primarily issued to support public and private borrowing arrangements. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loans to customers. The collateral supporting those commitments is essentially the same as for other commitments. Most guarantees extend for one year.
 
As a component of its asset/liability management activities intended to control interest rate exposure, the Bank has entered into certain hedging transactions. Interest rate swap agreements represent transactions, which involve the exchange of fixed and floating rate interest payment obligations without the exchange of the underlying principal amounts.
 
At December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005 the Company had interest rate swaps, designated as “cash flow” hedges. The purpose of these swaps is to hedge the variability in the cash outflows of LIBOR-based borrowings


103


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

attributable to changes in interest rates. The table below shows interest rate derivatives the Company held as of December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005:
 
                                                                 
    Interest Rate Derivatives
 
    As of December 31, 2006  
                            Receive
          Pay Fixed
    Market Value
 
    Notional
    Trade
    Effective
    Maturity
    (Variable)
    Current Rate
    Swap Rate/
    at December 31,
 
    Amount     Date     Date     Date     Index     Received     Cap Strike Rate     2006  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Interest Rate Swaps
                                                               
    $ 25,000       16-Jan-04       21-Jan-04       21-Jan-07       3 Month LIBOR       5.37 %     2.49 %   $ 47  
    $ 35,000       18-Jan-05       20-Jan-05       20-Jan-10       3 Month LIBOR       5.37 %     4.06 %   $ 936  
    $ 25,000       16-Feb-06       28-Dec-06       28-Dec-16       3 Month LIBOR       5.36 %     5.04 %   $ 82  
    $ 25,000       16-Feb-06       28-Dec-06       28-Dec-16       3 Month LIBOR       5.36 %     5.04 %   $ 89  
                                                                 
Total
  $ 110,000                                               Total     $ 1,154  
Interest Rate Caps
                                                               
    $ 100,000       27-Jan-05       31-Jan-05       31-Jan-08       3 Month LIBOR       5.38 %     4.00 %   $ 1,284  
                                                                 
Grand Total
  $ 210,000                                               Grand Total     $ 2,438  
                                                                 
 
                                                                 
    As of December 31, 2005  
                            Receive
          Pay Fixed
    Market Value
 
    Notional
    Trade
    Effective
    Maturity
    (Variable)
    Current Rate
    Swap Rate/
    at December 31,
 
    Amount     Date     Date     Date     Index     Received     Cap Strike Rate     2005  
 
Interest Rate Swaps
                                                               
                                                                 
    $ 25,000       20-Sep-02       21-Nov-03       21-Nov-06       3 Month LIBOR       4.37 %     3.65 %   $ 237  
    $ 25,000       20-Sep-02       21-Nov-03       21-Nov-06       3 Month LIBOR       4.37 %     3.65 %   $ 237  
    $ 25,000       16-Jan-04       21-Jan-04       21-Jan-07       3 Month LIBOR       4.18 %     2.49 %   $ 588  
    $ 35,000       18-Jan-05       20-Jan-05       20-Jan-10       3 Month LIBOR       4.17 %     4.06 %   $ 905  
                                                                 
Total
  $ 110,000                                               Total     $ 1,967  
Interest Rate Caps
                                                               
    $ 100,000       27-Jan-05       31-Jan-05       31-Jan-08       3 Month LIBOR       4.26 %     4.00 %   $ 1,655  
                                                                 
Grand Total
  $ 210,000                                               Grand Total     $ 3,622  
                                                                 
 
During February, 2006 the Company entered into two forward starting swaps, each with a $25.0 million notional amount, with the intention of hedging $50.0 million variable rate (LIBOR plus 148 basis points) trust preferred securities. On December 28, 2006, these forward starting swaps became effective when Trust V issued $50.0 of trust preferred securities (see Junior Subordinated Debentures within Section 7 hereof) which pay interest at a variable rate of interest of LIBOR plus 148 basis points. Through these swaps the Company has effectively locked in a fixed rate of 6.52% on its trust preferred obligation.
 
As a result of the prolonged flat/inverted yield curve environment and the resulting strategy to de-leverage the balance sheet, management unwound $50.0 million of notional value of interest rate swaps hedging 3 month revolving FHLB advances tied to LIBOR and paid down the underlying borrowings. The influx of liquidity associated with cash flows from the securities portfolio not being reinvested made the borrowings unnecessary. Gains of $237,000 and $215,000 were realized against interest expense in the first quarter of 2006 and the third quarter of 2005, respectively, associated with the sale of these interest rate swaps.
 
As a result of interest rate swaps, the Bank realized income of $3.1 million, $884,000, and $755,000 for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively. There was no impact on income as a result of hedge ineffectiveness associated with interest rate swaps.


104


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
During 2002, the Company sold interest rate swaps resulting in gross gains of $7.1 million. The gain was deferred and is being amortized over the lives of the hedged items. The deferred gain is classified in other comprehensive income, net of tax, as a component of equity with the amortized gains recognized into earnings. At December 31, 2006, there are $245,000 gross, or $142,000, net of tax, of such deferred gains included in other comprehensive income. At December 31, 2005, there were $980,000 gross, or $568,000, net of tax, of such deferred gains included in other comprehensive income.
 
Entering into interest rate swap agreements, including interest rate caps, involves both the credit risk of dealing with counterparties and their ability to meet the terms of the contracts and interest rate risk. While notional principal amounts are generally used to express the volume of these transactions, the amounts potentially subject to credit risk are smaller due to the structure of the agreements. The Bank is a direct party to these agreements that provide for net settlement between the Bank and the counterparty on a monthly, quarterly or semiannual basis. Should the counterparty fail to honor the agreement, the Bank’s credit exposure is limited to the net settlement amount. The Bank had a net receivable of $506,000 at December 31, 2006 and of $175,000 at December 31, 2005.
 
Leases
 
The Company leased equipment, office space, space for ATM locations, and certain branch locations under non-cancelable operating leases. The following is a schedule of minimum future lease commitments under such leases as of December 31, 2006:
 
         
    Lease
 
Years
  Commitments  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
2007
  $ 2,389  
2008
    2,212  
2009
    1,957  
2010
    1,614  
2011
    1,101  
Thereafter
    4,054  
         
Total future minimum rentals
  $ 13,327  
         
 
Rent expense incurred under operating leases was approximately $2.8 million in 2006, $2.9 million in 2005 and $2.5 million in 2004. Renewal options ranging from 3 to 10 years exist for several of these leases. The Company has entered into lease agreements with related third parties on substantially the same terms as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with unrelated parties. Rent expense incurred under related party leases was approximately $796,000 in 2006, $763,000 in 2005 and $804,000 in 2004. In addition, the Company had a sub-lease in which it earned lease income of approximately $71,000 in 2004.
 
Other Contingencies
 
At December 31, 2006, there were lawsuits pending that arose in the ordinary course of business. Management has reviewed these actions with legal counsel and has taken into consideration the view of counsel as to the outcome of the litigation. In the opinion of management, final disposition of these lawsuits is not expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position or results of operations (see Item 3. Legal Proceedings hereof for more information related to outstanding legal cases).
 
The Bank is required to maintain certain reserve requirements of vault cash and/or deposits with the Federal Reserve Bank of Boston. The amount of this reserve requirement was $10.7 million and $10.0 million at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
 
On April 1, 2006 the Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMA”) Master Commitment to deliver loans was executed with an expiration date of March 31, 2007 for $10.0 million (all of which is optional to the Company).


105


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

As of December 31, 2006, there is no Master Agreement in place with Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMC”), nor is there a plan to put one in place.
 
(17)  Regulatory Capital Requirements
 
The Company and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary, actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company and the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Company’s and the Bank’s assets, liabilities and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Bank’s capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors.
 
Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the table below) of Total and Tier 1 capital (as defined) to average assets (as defined). Management believes, as of December 31, 2006 that the Company and the Bank met all capital adequacy requirements to which they are subject.
 
As of December 31, 2006, the most recent notification from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, and the Commonwealth of Massachusetts relating to the Bank, categorized the Bank as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well capitalized an insured depository institution must maintain minimum Total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based and Tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth in the table. There are no conditions or events since that notification that management believes have changed the Bank’s category.


106


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
The Company’s and the Bank’s actual capital amounts and ratios are also presented in the table.
 
                                                                                 
                            To be Well Capitalized
 
                            Under Prompt
 
                For Capital
          Corrective Action
 
    Actual           Adequacy Purposes           Provisions  
    Amount     Ratio           Amount           Ratio           Amount           Ratio  
    (Dollars in thousands)        
 
As of December 31, 2006:
                                                                               
Company: (Consolidated)
                                                                               
Total capital (to risk weighted assets)
  $ 254,581       12.30 %           $ 165,584       ³       8.0 %             N/A               N/A  
Tier 1 capital (to risk weighted assets)
    228,695       11.05               82,792       ³       4.0               N/A               N/A  
Tier 1 capital (to average assets)
    228,695       8.05               113,615       ³       4.0               N/A               N/A  
Bank:
                                                                               
Total capital (to risk weighted assets)
  $ 241,570       11.67 %           $ 165,550       ³       8.0 %           $ 206,938       ³       10.0 %
Tier 1 capital (to risk weighted assets)
    215,691       10.42               82,775       ³       4.0               124,163       ³       6.0  
Tier 1 capital (to average assets)
    215,691       7.60               113,475       ³       4.0               141,844       ³       5.0  
As of December 31, 2005:
                                                                               
Company: (Consolidated)
                                                                               
Total capital (to risk weighted assets)
  $ 254,524       11.99 %           $ 169,808       ³       8.0 %             N/A               N/A  
Tier 1 capital (to risk weighted assets)
    227,990       10.74               84,904       ³       4.0               N/A               N/A  
Tier 1 capital (to average assets)
    227,990       7.71               118,224       ³       4.0               N/A               N/A  
Bank:
                                                                               
Total capital (to risk weighted assets)
  $ 239,567       11.32 %           $ 169,249       ³       8.0 %           $ 211,561       ³       10.0 %
Tier 1 capital (to risk weighted assets)
    213,120       10.07               84,624       ³       4.0               1,269       ³       6.0  
Tier 1 capital (to average assets)
    213,120       7.22               118,072       ³       4.0               147,591       ³       5.0  


107


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

(18)  Selected Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)
 
                                                                 
    First
    Second
    Third
    Fourth
 
    Quarter     Quarter     Quarter     Quarter  
    2006     2005     2006     2005     2006     2005     2006     2005  
    (Dollars in thousands, Except Per Share Data)  
 
INTEREST INCOME
  $ 40,701     $ 36,976     $ 41,207     $ 38,626     $ 42,809     $ 39,225     $ 42,975     $ 40,834  
INTEREST EXPENSE
    14,395       11,108       15,398       12,282       16,980       12,506       18,265       13,923  
                                                                 
NET INTEREST INCOME
  $ 26,306     $ 25,868     $ 25,809     $ 26,344     $ 25,829     $ 26,719     $ 24,710     $ 26,911  
                                                                 
PROVISION FOR LOAN LOSSES
    750       930       350       1,105       530       1,070       705       1,070  
NON-INTEREST INCOME
    6,787       6,244       7,222       6,436       7,049       7,104       7,345       6,751  
NET (LOSS)/GAIN ON SECURITIES
    (1,769 )     343             273                   (1,392 )      
BOLI DEATH BENEFIT PROCEEDS
    1,316                                            
NON-INTEREST EXPENSES
    20,384       19,790       20,646       20,336       19,973       20,209       20,155       20,156  
RECOVERY ON WORLDCOM BOND CLAIM
                                        (1,892 )      
PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES
    3,602       3,821       3,745       3,571       3,819       3,857       3,594       3,872  
                                                                 
NET INCOME
  $ 7,904     $ 7,914     $ 8,290     $ 8,041     $ 8,556     $ 8,687     $ 8,101     $ 8,564  
                                                                 
BASIC EARNINGS PER SHARE
  $ 0.52     $ 0.52     $ 0.55     $ 0.52     $ 0.58     $ 0.56     $ 0.55     $ 0.56  
                                                                 
DILUTED EARNINGS PER SHARE
  $ 0.51     $ 0.51     $ 0.55     $ 0.52     $ 0.58     $ 0.56     $ 0.54     $ 0.55  
                                                                 
Weighted average common shares (Basic)
    15,343,807       15,347,540       14,999,127       15,372,253       14,696,065       15,391,937       14,681,644       15,402,690  
Common stock equivalents
    153,624       164,680       162,747       132,723       178,433       145,684       198,499       131,400  
Weighted average common shares (Diluted)
    15,497,431       15,512,220       15,161,874       15,504,976       14,874,498       15,537,621       14,880,143       15,534,090  
                                                                 
 
(19)  Parent Company Financial Statements
 
Condensed financial information relative to the Parent Company’s balance sheets at December 31, 2006 and 2005 and the related statements of income and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004 are presented below. The statement of stockholders’ equity is not presented below as the parent company’s stockholders’ equity is that of the consolidated Company.


108


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
BALANCE SHEETS
 
                 
   
At December 31,
 
    2006     2005  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Assets:
               
Cash*
  $ 38,804     $ 15,337  
Investments in subsidiaries*
    269,775       264,828  
Deferred tax asset
    242       280  
Deferred stock issuance costs
    981       1,991  
Other assets
    182       30  
                 
Total assets
  $ 309,984     $ 282,466  
                 
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity:
               
Dividends payable
  $ 2,352     $ 2,312  
Junior subordinated debentures
    77,320       51,546  
Accrued federal income taxes
    471       436  
Other liabilities
    58       20  
                 
Total liabilities
    80,201       54,314  
Stockholders’ equity
    229,783       228,152  
                 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 309,984     $ 282,466  
                 
 
 
* Eliminated in consolidation
 
STATEMENTS OF INCOME
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2006     2005     2004  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Income:
                       
Dividends received from subsidiaries
  $ 35,168     $ 22,609     $ 21,778  
Interest income
    95       36       38  
                         
Total income
    35,263       22,645       21,816  
                         
Expenses:
                       
Interest expense
    5,504       4,469       4,448  
Other expenses
    356       359       702  
                         
Total expenses
    5,860       4,828       5,150  
                         
Income before income taxes and equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries
    29,403       17,817       16,666  
Equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries
    1,713       13,703       12,491  
Income tax benefit
    1,735       1,685       1,610  
                         
Net income
  $ 32,851     $ 33,205     $ 30,767  
                         


109


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31 ,  
    2006     2005     2004  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
                       
Net income
  $ 32,851     $ 33,205     $ 30,767  
ADJUSTMENTS TO RECONCILE NET INCOME
                       
TO CASH PROVIDED FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
                       
Amortization
                22  
Increase in other assets
    (56 )     (117 )     (11 )
Increase in other liabilities
    39       5       89  
Equity in income of subsidiaries
    (1,713 )     (13,703 )     (12,491 )
                         
TOTAL ADJUSTMENTS
    (1,730 )     (13,815 )     (12,391 )
                         
NET CASH PROVIDED FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
    31,121       19,390       18,376  
                         
CASH FLOWS USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
                       
Cash used for Merger and Acquisition- Falmouth Acquisition
                (18,131 )
Capital Investment in subsidiary-Independent Capital Trust V
    (1,547 )            
                         
NET CASH USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES
    (1,547 )           (18,131 )
                         
CASH FLOWS USED IN FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
                       
Proceeds from stock issued and stock options exercised
    1,344       1,072       1,808  
Issuance of junior subordinated debentures
    51,547              
Redemption of junior subordinated debentures
    (25,773 )            
Amortization/write-off of issuance costs
    1,083       88       65  
Payments for purchase of common stock
    (24,826 )            
Dividends paid
    (9,482 )     (9,067 )     (8,153 )
                         
NET CASH USED IN FINANCING ACTIVITIES
    (6,107 )     (7,907 )     (6,280 )
                         
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
    23,467       11,483       (6,035 )
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT THE BEGINNING OF THE YEAR
    15,337       3,854       9,889  
                         
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT THE END OF THE YEAR
  $ 38,804     $ 15,337     $ 3,854  
                         
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
                       
Cash paid during the year for:
                       
Income taxes
  $     $     $  
Interest on junior subordinated debentures
  $ 4,421     $ 4,381     $ 4,381  
SUPPLEMENTAL SCHEDULE OF NONCASH INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
                       
Change in fair value of derivatives, net of tax
  $ 99     $     $  
Issuance of shares from treasury stock for the exercise of stock options
  $     $     $ 1,091  


110


Table of Contents

 
Item 9.   Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
 
None
 
Item 9A.   Controls and Procedures
 
Conclusion Regarding the Effectiveness of Disclosure Controls and Procedures  The Company carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s management, including the Company’s Chief Executive Officer along with the Company’s Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures, as such term is defined under Rule 13a-15(e) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). Based upon that evaluation, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer along with the Company’s Chief Financial Officer concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures are effective as of the end of the period covered by this annual report.
 
Changes in Internal Controls over Financial Reporting  There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the fourth quarter that have materially affected, or are, reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting.
 
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting  Management of Independent Bank Corp. is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Internal control over financial reporting is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act as a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the Company’s principal executive and principal financial officers and effected by the Company’s Board of Directors, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Independent Bank Corp.’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that:
 
(i) pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflects the transactions and disposition of the assets of the Company;
 
(ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and
 
(iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
 
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
 
Management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of year-end December 31, 2006. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control-Integrated Framework.
 
Based on our assessment and those criteria, management believes that the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of year-end December 31, 2006.
 
Independent Bank Corp.’s independent registered public accounting firm has issued an attestation report on management’s assessment of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. That report appears below.


111


Table of Contents

 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Independent Bank Corp.:
 
We have audited management’s assessment, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting, that Independent Bank Corp. maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).  Independent Bank Corp.’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on management’s assessment and an opinion on the effectiveness of Independent Bank Corp.’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
 
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, evaluating management’s assessment, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
 
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
 
In our opinion, management’s assessment that Independent Bank Corp. maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006, is fairly stated, in all material respects, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Also, in our opinion, Independent Bank Corp. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).
 
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Independent Bank Corp. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity, comprehensive income, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2006, and our report dated February 26, 2007 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.
 
(KPMG LLP SIGNATURE)
 
Boston, MA
February 26, 2007


112


Table of Contents

 
Item 9B.   Other Information
 
None
 
PART III
 
Item 10.   Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
 
The information required herein is incorporated by reference from the Company’s proxy statement (the “Definitive Proxy Statement”) relating to its April 12, 2007 Annual Meeting of Stockholders that will be filed with the Commission within 120 days following the fiscal year end December 31, 2006.
 
Item 11.   Executive Compensation
 
The information required herein is incorporated by reference to “Executive Compensation” in the Definitive Proxy Statement.
 
Item 12.   Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
 
Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans
 
The following table sets forth information as of December 31, 2006 about the securities authorized for issuance under our equity compensation plans, consisting of our 1996 Director Stock Plan, our 1997 Employee Stock Option Plan, our 2005 Employee Stock Plan (“the 2005 Plan”), and our 2006 Non-Employee Director Stock Plan (“the 2006 Plan”). Our shareholders previously approved each of these plans and all amendments that were subject to shareholder approval. We have no other equity compensation plans that have not been approved by shareholders.
 
Equity Compensation Plans
 
                         
                Number of
 
                Securities
 
                Remaining
 
                Available
 
    Number of
    Weighted-
    for Future Issuance
 
    Securities to be
    Average
    Under Equity
 
    Issued upon
    Exercise Price of
    Compensation
 
    Exercise of
    Outstanding
    Plans
 
    Outstanding
    Options
    (Excluding
 
    Options, Warrants
    Warrants and
    Securities Reflected
 
Equity Compensation Plan Category
  and Rights     Rights     in Column (a))  
    (a)     (b)     (c)  
 
Plans approved by security holders
    845,095     $ 26.43       718,818 (1)
Plans not approved by security holders
                 
                         
Total
    845,095     $ 26.43       718,818  
 
 
(1) There are no shares available for future issuance under the 1996 Director Stock Plan, 28,203 shares available for future issuance under the 1997 Employee Stock Option Plan, 655,215 shares available for future issuance under the 2005 Employee Stock Plan, and 34,800 shares available for future issuance under the 2006 Non-Employee Director Stock Plan, shares under the 2005 and 2006 plans may be issued as non-qualified stock options or restricted stock awards.
 
Item 13.   Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
 
The information required herein is incorporated by reference from the Definitive Proxy Statement.
 
Item 14.   Principal Accounting Fees and Services
 
The information required herein is incorporated by reference from the Definitive Proxy Statement.


113


Table of Contents

 
PART IV
 
Item 15.   Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules
 
(a) Documents Filed as Part of this Report
 
  (1)  The following financial statements are incorporated herein by reference from Item 8 hereto:
 
Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
 
Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
 
Consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2006 and 2005.
 
Consolidated statements of income for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2006.
 
Consolidated statements of stockholders’ equity for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2006.
 
Consolidated statements of comprehensive income for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2006.
 
Consolidated statements of cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2006.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
(2) All schedules for which provision is made in the applicable accounting regulations of the SEC are omitted because of the absence of conditions under which they are required or because the required information is included in the consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto.
 
(3) The following exhibits are filed as part of this Form 10-K, and this list includes the Exhibit Index.


114


Table of Contents

 
EXHIBITS INDEX
 
         
No.  
Exhibit
 
  3 .(i)   Restated Articles of Organization, as amended as of February 10, 2005, incorporated by reference to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on May 18, 2005.
  3 .(ii)   Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company, as amended as of February 10, 2005, incorporated by reference to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on May 18, 2005.
  4 .1   Specimen Common Stock Certificate, incorporated by reference to the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1992.
  4 .2   Specimen preferred Stock Purchase Rights Certificate, incorporated by reference to the Company’s Form 8-A Registration Statement filed by the Company on November 5, 2001.
  4 .3   Indenture of Registrant relating to the 8.625% Junior Subordinated Debentures issued to Independent Capital Trust III, incorporated by reference to the Form 8-K filed by the Company on April 18, 2002.
  4 .4   Form of Certificate of 8.625% Junior Subordinated Debenture (included as Exhibit A to Exhibit 4.3).
  4 .5   Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust for Independent Capital Trust III, incorporated by reference to the Form 8-K filed by the Company on April 18, 2002.
  4 .6   Form of Preferred Security Certificate for Independent Capital Trust III (included as Exhibit D to exhibit 4.5).
  4 .7   Preferred Securities Guarantee Agreement of Independent Capital Trust III, incorporated by reference to the Form 8-K filed by the Company on April 18, 2002.
  4 .8   Indenture of Registrant relating to the 8.375% Junior Subordinated Debentures issued to Independent Capital Trust IV, incorporated by reference to the Form 8-K filed by the Company on April 18, 2002.
  4 .9   Form of Certificate of 8.375% Junior Subordinated Debenture (included as Exhibit A to Exhibit 4.8).
  4 .10   Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust for Independent Capital Trust IV, incorporated by reference to the Form 8-K filed by the Company on April 18, 2002.
  4 .11   Form of Preferred Security Certificate for Independent Capital Trust IV (included as Exhibit D to Exhibit 4.10).
  4 .12   Preferred Securities Guarantee Agreement of Independent Capital Trust IV, incorporated by reference to the Form 8-K filed by the Company on April 18, 2002.
  4 .13   Indenture of Registrant relating the Junior Subordinated Debt Securities issued to Independent Capital Trust V is filed as an exhibit under this form 10-K attached here to.
  4 .14   Form of Certificate of Junior Subordinated Debt Security (included as Exhibit A to Exhibit 4.13)
  4 .15   Amended and Restated Declaration of trust for Independent Capital Trust V is filed as an exhibit under this Form 10-K attached hereto
  4 .16   Form of Capital Security Certificate for Independent Capital Trust V (included as Exhibit A-1 to Exhibit 4.15).
  4 .17   Guarantee Agreement relating to Independent Capital Trust V is filed as an exhibit under this form 10-K attached hereto.
  4 .18   Forms of Capital Securities Purchase Agreements for Independent Capital Trust V is filed as an exhibit under this Form 10-K attached here to.
  10 .1   Amended and Restated Independent Bank Corp. 1987 Incentive Stock Option Plan (“Stock Option Plan”) (Management contract under Item 601 (10)(iii)(A)). Incorporated by reference to the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1994.
  10 .2   Independent Bank Corp. 1996 Non-Employee Directors’ Stock Option Plan (Management contract under Item 601 (10)(iii)(A)). Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement for the 1996 Annual Meeting of Stockholders filed with the Commission on March 19, 1996.
  10 .3   Independent Bank Corp. 1997 Employee Stock Option Plan (Management contract under Item 601 (10)(iii)(A)). Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement for the 1997 Annual Meeting of Stockholders filed with the Commission on March 20, 1997.
  10 .4   Independent Bank Corp. 2005 Employee Stock Plan incorporated by reference to Form S-8 filed by the Company on July 28, 2005.


115


Table of Contents

         
No.  
Exhibit
 
  10 .5   Renewal Rights Agreement noted as of September 14, 2000 by and between the Company and Rockland, as Rights Agent (Exhibit to Form 8-K filed on October 23, 2000).
  10 .6   Independent Bank Corp. Deferred Compensation Program for Directors (restated as amended as of December 1, 2000). Incorporated by reference to the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2000.
  10 .7   Master Securities Repurchase Agreement, incorporated by reference to Form S-1 Registration Statement filed by the Company on September 18, 1992.
  10 .8   First Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between Christopher Oddleifson and the Company and Rockland Trust dated April 14, 2005 is filed as an exhibit under the Form 8-K filed on April 14, 2005.
  10 .9   Revised employment agreement between Raymond G. Fuerschbach, Edward F. Jankowski, Ferdinand T. Kelley, Jane L. Lundquist, Edward H. Seksay and Denis K. Sheahan and the Company and Rockland Trust (Management Contracts under Item 601 (10)(iii)(A)) dated December 6, 2004 are filed as an exhibit under the Form 8-K filed on December 9, 2004.
  10 .10   Options to acquire shares of the Company’s Common Stock pursuant to the Independent Bank Corp. 1997 Employee Stock Option Plan were awarded to Christopher Oddleifson, Raymond G. Fuerschbach, Edward F. Jankowski, Ferdinand T. Kelley, Jane L. Lundquist, Edward H. Seksay and Denis K. Sheahan pursuant to option agreements dated December 9, 2004. The form of these option agreements were filed as exhibits under the Form 8-K filed on December 15, 2004.
  10 .11   On-Site Outsourcing Agreement by and between Fidelity Information Services, Inc. and Independent Bank Corp., effective as of November 1, 2004. Incorporated by reference to the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004 filed on March 4, 2005. (PLEASE NOTE: Portions of this contract, and its exhibits and attachments, have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment sent on March 4, 2005 to the Securities and Exchange Commission. The locations where material has been omitted are indicated by the following notation: ”{****}“. The entire contract, in unredacted form, has been filed separately with the Commission with the request for confidential treatment.)
  10 .12   New Markets Tax Credit program Allocation Agreement between the Community Development Financial Institutions Fund of the United States Department of the Treasury and Rockland Community Development with an Allocation Effective Date of September 22, 2004 is filed as an exhibit under the Form 8-K filed on October 14, 2004.
  10 .13   Options to acquire shares of the Company’s Common Stock pursuant to the Independent Bank Corp. 2005 Employee Stock Plan were awarded to Christopher Oddleifson, Raymond G. Fuerschbach, Edward F. Jankowski, Ferdinand T. Kelley, Jane L. Lundquist, Edward H. Seksay, and Denis K. Sheahan pursuant to option agreements dated December 15, 2005. The form of option agreements used for these awards were filed as exhibits under the Form 8-K filed on December 20, 2005.
  10 .14   Independent Bank Corp. and Rockland Trust Company Executive Officer Performance Incentive Plan (the “2006 Executive Incentive Plan”) (Management contract under Item 601 (10)(iii)(A)). Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2006, filed on May 9, 2006. (PLEASE NOTE: Portions of the 2006 Executive Incentive Plan, and its exhibits and attachments, have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment sent on May 8, 2006 to the Securities and Exchange Commission. The locations where material has been omitted are indicated by the following notation: “{****}”. The entire 2006 Executive Incentive Plan, in unredacted form, has been filed separately with the Commission with the request for confidential treatment.)
  10 .15   Independent Bank Corp. 2006 Non-Employee Director Stock Plan incorporated by reference to Form S-8 filed by the Company on April 17, 2006.
  10 .16   Independent Bank Corp. Stock Option Agreement for Non-Employee Director is filed as an exhibit under the Form 10-Q filed on May 9, 2006.
  10 .17   Independent Bank Corp. Restricted Stock Agreement for Non-Employee Director is filed as an exhibit under the Form 10-Q filed on May 9, 2006.
  10 .18   New Markets Tax Credit program Allocation Agreement between the Community Development Financial Institutions Fund of the United States Department of the Treasury and Rockland Community Development with an Allocation Effective Date of January 9, 2007 is filed as an exhibit under this Form 10-K attached hereto.


116


Table of Contents

         
No.  
Exhibit
 
  10 .19   Independent Bank Corp. and Rockland Trust Company 2007 Executive Officer Performance Incentive Plan (the “2007 Executive Incentive Plan”) (Management contract under Item 601 (10)(iii)(A)). Filed as an exhibit under this Form 10-K attached hereto (PLEASE NOTE: Portions of the 2007 Executive Incentive Plan, and its exhibits and attachments, have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment sent on March xx, 2007 to the Securities and Exchange Commission. The locations where material has been omitted are indicated by the following notation: “{****}”. The entire 2007 Executive Incentive Plan, in unredacted form, has been filed separately with the Commission with the request for confidential treatment.)
  21     Subsidiaries of the Registrant, incorporated by reference to Form S-3 Registration Statement filed by the Company on October 28, 1999.
  23     Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
  31 .1   Section 302 Certification of Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 is attached hereto.
  31 .2   Section 302 Certification of Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 is attached hereto.
  32 .1   Section 906 Certification of Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 is attached hereto.
  32 .2   Section 906 Certification of Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 is attached hereto.
 
(b) See (a)(3) above for all exhibits filed herewith and the Exhibit Index.
 
(c) All schedules are omitted as the required information is not applicable or the information is presented in the Consolidated Financial Statements or related notes.


117


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 8(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
 
Independent Bank Corp.
 
   
/s/  Christopher Oddleifson
Christopher Oddleifson,
Chief Executive Officer and President
 
Date: February 15, 2007
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated. Each person whose signature appears below hereby makes, constitutes and appoints Christopher Oddleifson and Denis K. Sheahan and each of them acting individually, his true and lawful attorneys, with full power to sign for such person and in such person’s name and capacity indicated below any and all amendments to this Form 10-K, hereby ratifying and confirming such person’s signature as it may be signed by said attorneys to any and all amendments.
 
             
/s/  Richard S. Anderson

Richard S. Anderson
  Director   Date:  February 15, 2007
         
/s/  W. Paul Clark

W. Paul Clark
  Director   Date:  February 15, 2007
         
/s/  Benjamin A. Gilmore, II

Benjamin A. Gilmore, II
  Director   Date:  February 15, 2007
         
/s/  E. Winthrop Hall

E. Winthrop Hall
  Director   Date:  February 15, 2007
         
/s/  Kevin J. Jones

Kevin J. Jones
  Director   Date:  February 15, 2007
         
/s/  Donna A. Lopolito

Donna A. Lopolito
  Director   Date:  February 15, 2007
         
/s/  Eileen C. Miskell

Eileen C. Miskell
  Director   Date:  February 15, 2007
         
/s/  Christopher Oddleifson

Christopher Oddleifson
  Director   Date:  February 15, 2007
         
/s/  Richard H. Sgarzi

Richard H. Sgarzi
  Director   Date:  February 15, 2007
         
/s/  John H. Spurr, Jr.

John H. Spurr, Jr.
  Director   Date:  February 15, 2007


118


Table of Contents

             
/s/  Robert D. Sullivan

Robert D. Sullivan
  Director   Date:  February 15, 2007
         
/s/  Brian S. Tedeschi

Brian S. Tedeschi
  Director   Date:  February 15, 2007
         
/s/  Thomas J. Teuten

Thomas J. Teuten
  Director and Chairman of the Board   Date:  February 15, 2007
         
/s/  Denis K. Sheahan

Denis K. Sheahan
  Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer (principal financial and accounting officer)   Date:  February 15, 2007


119